VOL. 103, PARTS 1 & 2 28 FEBRUARY, 1979

TRANSACTIONS OF THE

ROYAL SOCIETY

OF SOUTH AUSTRALIA

INCORPORATED

CONTENTS

Barker, S. New species and a catalogue of Stigmodera (Castiarina)

(Coleoptera: Buprestidae) —- . : : £ Z 1

Uppill, Robin K.. Stratigraphy and depositional environments of the Mundallio

Subgroup (new name) in the late Precambrian Burra Group of

the Mt Lofty and Flinders Ranges - - - - - - 25

Flint, D. J. & Grady, A. E. Structural geology of Kanmantoo Group metasedi-

ments between West Bay and Breakneck River, Kangaroo

Island - - - - - - - - - - 45

PUBLISHED AND SOLD AT THE SOCIETY’S ROOMS

STATE LIBRARY BUILDING

NORTH TERRACE, ADELAIDE, S.A. 5000

TRANSACTIONS OF THE

ROYAL SOCIETY OF SOUTH AUSTRALIA INC.

CONTENTS, VOL. 103, 1979

PARTS 1 & 2, 28 FEBRUARY

Barker, S. New species and a catalogue of Stigmodera (Castiarina)

(Coleoptera: Buprestidae) - - - - - - -

Uppill, Robin K. Stratigraphy and depositional environments of the Mundallio

Subgroup (new name) in the late Precambrian Burra Group of

the Mt Lofty and Flinders Ranges - - - - “ -

Flint, D. J. & Grady, A. E. Structural geology of Kanmantoo Group metasedi-

ments between West Bay and Breakneck River, Kangaroo

Island - - - - = - - - - -

PARTS 3 & 4, 31 MAY

Shiel, R. J. & Koste, W. Rotifera recorded from Australia - = r 4

von der Borch, C. C. & Altmann, M. Holocene stratigraphy and evolution of

the Cooke Plains embayment, a former extension of Lake

Alexandrina, South Australia - - - - - -

Suter, P. J. A revised key to the Australian genera of mature Mayfly

(Ephemeroptera) Nymphs - - - r - y is

Staples, David A. Three new species of Propallene Ryne get: Callipal-

lenidae) from Australian waters - 4 3 "

Teale, Graham S. Revision of nomenclature for Palaeozoic intrusives of the

Mount Painter Province, South Australia - - - =

Moore, P. C. Stratigraphy of the Early Cambrian Edeowie Limestone Mem-

ber, Flinders Ranges, South Australia - - 2 : e

PARTS 5 & 6, 31 AUGUST

Fatchen, T. J. & Barker, Susan. Cyclic vegetation pattern in the southern Simpson

Desert - - - - - - - - - -

Mawson, Patricia M. Alocostoma new genus (Nematoda: Trichonematidae) -

Breed, W. G. & Sarafis, V. On the phylogenetic significance of spermatozoal

morphology and male reproductive tract anatomy in Australian

rodents - - - - - - - - - -

Mitchell, B. D. Aspects of growth and feeding in golden carp Carassius auratus,

from South Australia - = - : : - e -

Fitzgerald, M. J. The Mossgiel meteorite - = = “ = + -

Tyler, Michael J. & Davies, Margaret. A new species of cave- ges oe frog

from Mitchell Plateau, Western Australia -

De Deckker, P. Ostracods from the mound springs area between Strangways

and Curdimurka, South Australia 2. =. r 2 a

25

45

57

69

719

85

95

101

113

123

127

137

145

149

155

PARTS 7 & 8, 30 NOVEMBER

Davies, Margaret & McDonald, K. R. A new species of stream-dwelling hylid

frog from northern Queensland - - - - - -

Mawson, Patricia M. Some Tetrameridae (Nematoda: Spirurida) from Australian

birds - - - - - - - - - - -

Geddes, M.C. Salinity tolerance and osmotic behaviour of European carp

(Cyprinus carpio L.) from the River Murray, Australia - -

Wollaston, Elise M. Recognition of Prerothamnion Naegli with taxonomic notes

on P. simile (Hooker & Harvey) Naegeli and Platythamnion

nodiferum (J. Agardh) Wollaston (Rhodophyta, Ceramiaceae)

Moore, P. S. Stratigraphy and depositional environments of the Billy Creek

Formation (Cambrian), central and northern Flinders Ranges,

South Australia - - - - - - - - -

Wells, R. & Murray, P. A new Sthenurine kangaroo gnme o} Macropo-

didae) from southeastern South Australia - - -

Annual Report of Council - - - - = : = s E 5

Award of the Sir Joseph Verco Medal - - - ~ 2 = = ®

Balance Sheet 3 = = 2 E 3 a FE = z 2

169

177

185

19]

197

213

221

PUEAL

223

NEW SPECIES AND A CATALOGUE OF STIGMODERA (CASTIARINA)

(COLEOPTERA: BUPRESTIDAE)

BY §. BARKER

Summary

A key to the sub-genera of Stigmodera Eschscholtz is given. The location of LaPorte & Gory types

of Stigmodera (Castiarina) in the Hope Department of Etymology, University of Oxford is

discussed. Seven species previously considered members of the sub-genus Castiarina are

transferred: alternata Lumholtz, maculiventris MacLeay, nickerli Obenberger, praeterita Carter,

punctatostriata Saunders and secularis Thomson to the sub-genus Themognatha; rudis Carter to

Stigmodera (sensu stricto). Replacement names are given for three primary homonyms: auripennis

Barker for aurifera Carter 1922 (a primary homonym of S. aurifera) LaPorte & Gory 1837); planata

Carter, an available synonym for auricollis Thomson 1857 (a primary homonym of S. auricollis

LaPorte & Gory 1837); magnificollis Barker for magnifica Blackburn (a primary homonym of S.

magnifica LaPorte & Gory 1837). A replacement name is given for one secondary homonym:

hoblerae Carter for mastersi MacLeay 1872, a secondary homonym of S. mastersi (MacLeay) 1872,

subsequently transferred to Stigmodera from Neocuris.

NEW SPECIES AND A CATALOGUE OF STIGMODERA (CASTIARINA)

(COLEOPTERA: BUPRESTIDAE)

by S. BARKER®

Summary

BARKER. S, (1979) New species and a catulogue of Stiginedera (Castiarina) (Coleoptera: Bup-

restidae). Trany. R. Soc. S. Aust. 103(1), 1-23, 28 February, 1979.

A key lo the sub-senera of Stieodera Eschscholtz is given, The location of LaPorte &

Gory types of Sugmodera (Custiarina) iv the Hope Department of Entomology, University of

Oxford is discussed. Seven species previously considered members af the sub-genus Castiarina

ure transferred: alferneta Lumboltz, maculiventriy MacLeay, nickerli Obenberger, praecterita

Carter, puaetatostriata Saunders and seeularis Thomson to the sub-genus Themoevnatha; rudis

Carter to Stigmodera (sensu striera), Replacement names are given for three primury

homonyms: auripennis Barker for aurifera Carter 1922 (a primary homonym of S. aurifera

LaPorte & Gory 1837); planata Carter, an available synonym for auricolliy Thomson 1857 (4

primary homonym of 8, auricollis LaPorte & Gory 1837), magnificollis Barker for magnifica

Blackburn (a primary homonym of 8, mayaifica LaPorte & Gory 1837), A replacement name

is wiven for one secondary homonym; hehlerae Carter for mrastersi Macleay 1872, 9 secondary

homonym of §. niastersi (Macleay) 1872. subsequently transferred to Stigmodera from

Neocuris.

Seventeen new species of the sub-genus Castiarina (bakeri, borealis, breekst, carnabyi,

crockerae, georgiana, mtacmillani, metallica, nigriceps, occidentalty, evala, planipes, richardst,

subacuticeps, uptoni, verdiceps, walfardi) are described and illustrated, Male genitalia of 15 of

them are illustrated,

A synonymy is given for the sub-genus Castiaria and distribution is indicated by State or

country. [tis considered that there are 30K valid species in the sub-genus.

Introduction

Stigmedera Eschscholtz 1829, with more

than 400. described species, is the largest genus

within the Australian Buprestidae. In Stigmo-

dera the mouthparts are produced downwards

to form a short rostrum, the pores on the

antennae concentrated into fovea on the

toothed segments, the labrum long, coloured

like the clypetis, the posterior edge of the

Key to sub-venera of Stigmodera (modified from Carter,

|. Elytra hollowed out with large foveoles; medium to large size

pronotum sinuate, the frons not narrowed

between the antennal cavities (Britton, 1970).

There are three recognised sub-genera: Stig-

modera (sensu stricto) Eschschollz 1829, type

species macularia (Donovan) 1805, with a

total of eight species; Themognatha Solier

1833, type species variahilis (Donovan) 1805,

with over J00 species; Castiavina LaPorte &

Gory 1837, type species perty? LaPorte & Gory

1837, with aver 300 speeics,

1929)

Stixmodera (sensu stricto)

Elytra striate ar punctate-stiute: sometimes with costac 2

2. Usually with tarsal hooks lobed and toothed at base; hair on dorsal surface of heads oval or round

scutellum; medium to large size

Themognatha

Tarsal hooks always simple; never with hair on ilersal surface of head; scutellum heart-shaped or

shicld-shaped never round or oval; small lo medium size

Thery (1937) subdivided Themognatha but

here | consider it a single sub-genus. Despite

its sive the genus has never been revised in

Castiarina

the modern sense, although Carter (1916,

1929, 19314, 1931b) published a key to

species, a check-list and a key to the species

' Department of Zoology, University of Adelaide. North Tce, 8, Aust. 5000.

2 5S. BARKER

of jhe sub-genus Castiarina. Here I present

descriptions of 17 new specics and # catalogue

of species, The main revision of Castiarina Will

be published when. illustrations of all species

are completed.

LaPorte & Gory types in tie collection of the

Hope Departinent of Entomology

The pamphlet on Australian Buprestidae,

privately circulated by the Rev. F. W. Hope

in 1836 was cited by LaPorte & Gory (1837)

in their monograph, but was subsequently

declared unavailable for the purposes of

nomenclature by the International Commission

on Zoologieal Nomenclature (1948), thos

legalising a decision made 80 years previously

by leading British eniomologists of the day

(Proc. ent. Soc. Lond. 5: cix-cx, 1868), The

only objection was lodged by Dr J. Obenberger

of Prague. Later Obenberger (1955) had his

personal copy of the Hope pamphlet photo-

graphically reproduced in a paper, to muke it

‘available to all scientific investigators’.

Although the Hope pamphlet remains unavail-

able for the ptirposes of nomenclature, the

Hope “types” are extant. 1 have found that the

types of some of the LaPorte & Gory species

are not held in the collection of the Paris

Museum. The species in question were attri-

buted to Hope hy LaPorte & Gory (1837), and

under the relevant names the phrase “Du cabi-

net de M. Hope” appears in brackets, Authen-

ticated specimens of all of these species are

held in the Type collection of the Hope De-

partment of Eutomology, University of Oxford,

The LaPorte & Gory names and the Hope

Department of Entomology numbers are:

S, semricineta 982;.8. antabilis 983; 8, andersoni

959; S. erventa 970; §. bicingulara 963; 8.

bivinera 962+.8. jaypilota 967; 8. sexspilota 968,

5S. siehold| 969; 8. apicalis 965,

1 conclude that the above specimens are the

types of (he respective LaPorte & Gory species.

Species herein remaved Jrom the sub-penus

Castiarina

The following species are transferred 10 the

sub-eenus Theppogrtatha.

S. secularis Thomson

— Ivfusetara Saunders (secondary homonym

of bifaxeiata (Hope))

bigonata Ohenberger

- ehyurnew Carter

S$. alternate Lumholte*

3, punctatestriata Saunders”

S. mnaculiventris MucLeay*

= rubricauda Saunders

= praecellens Kerremans

= notaticollis Carter

practerita Carter

8. aickerli Obenberger*

= srrandi Obenberger

S. rudis Carter is a lycid mimic. The type is

unique but has damaged legs and antennae. It

belongs either in Srigmodera (sensu stricto) or

in a new monotypic sub-genus.

ia

Hoimonyms aid replacement names

S. aurifera Carter 1922, is a primary homo-

nym of 8, aurifera LaPorte & Gory 1837, p, 49

and J replace it with &. auripennis Barker. S,

auricollis Thomson 1857 is a primary homo-

nym of S. auricallis LaPorte & Gory 1837, p,

44. An available synonym, S, planata Cartet

1916, becomes the valid name, §. magnifica

Blackburn 1896 is a primary homonym of 8,

magnifica LaPorte & Gory 1837, p, 57 and I

replace it with §. magnificollis Barker, 8.

mastersi MacLeay 1872, p. 245 is a secondary

homonym of S. masters’ (MacLeay) 1872, p,

241 subsequently transferred to Stigmodere

from Neocuris, 8. hoblerae Carter 1922, an

available synonym of this species, becomes the

valid name,

The abbreviations used in the text for

museuny and private collections are as follows:

EA Mr E, E. Adams, Edungalba, Qld.

GA Mr G, Anderson, Alexandra, Vic.

ANIC Australian National Insect Collection,

C.$1,R.0., Canberra,

Jn Mr J. A. G, Brooks, Cairns, Old,

KC Mr & Mrs K. Carnaby. Wilga, W,

Aust.

AWH Mr A. Walford-Huggins, Cairns, Qld.

BPBM Bernice P. Bishop Museum, Honolulu.

BM British Museum (Natural History),

London.

JIM Me J. Macqueen, Toowoomba, Qld.

NMV = National Museum of Victoria, Mel-

bourne.

PI Department of Primary Industry, Dar-

win.

RS Mr R, I. Storey, Mareeba, Qld.

SAM South Australian Museum, Adelaide.

WADA Western Australian Department of

Agriculture, South Perth.

WAM Western Australian Museum, Perth.

* The basal teeitt of the tarsal hooks are very small ap absent.

STIGMODERA (CASTIARINA) (COLEOPTERA: BUPRESTIDAE) 3

Fig. 1.

“ais ~

B c

, 4 a ‘i

> a “%

2 ta }.

J bdbell \

: ) ire ee |

a ) P

E F

» é ‘ ‘

j \

H 1

§

x 3 natural size. A. Stigmodera planipes sp. nov. B. Stigmodera crockerae sp. nov. C. Stigmo-

dera nigriceps sp. nov. D. Stigmodera metallica sp. nov. E, Stigmodera bakeri sp. nov. F. Stig-

modera richardsi sp. nov. G. Stigmodera subacuticeps sp. nov. H. Stigmodera georgiana sp. nov.

I. Stigmodera verdiceps sp. nov.

Stigmodera (Castiarina) planipes sp. nov.

FIGS 1A, 4A

Types: Holotype: 3d, Edungalba, Qld, 20.x.

1968, E. E. Adams, SAM I 21081. Allotype:

9, Edungalba, Qld, 7.xi.1960, E. E. Adams,

SAM I 21082. Paratypes: 1 92, Dalby, Qld,

Mrs F. H. Hobler, SAM; 1 §, Armidale,

N.S.W., C. F. Deuquet, SAM; 4 bo & 4 @, Mill-

merran, Qld, x.1945, J. Macqueen, JM & EA;

2 56 & 2 &, Edungalba, Qld, 8.x.1947, E. E.

Adams, EA; 1 3, Edungalba, Qld, 20.x.1968,

E. E. Adams, SAM; 1 6, 10 km n-west Edun-

galba, Qld, 1.xi.1975, S. Barker, SAM; 1 34,

Edungalba, Qld, x.1976, E. E. Adams, SAM.

Colour: Head, pronotum, scutellum black with

yellow reflections. Antennae, undersurface and

legs black with blue reflections. Elytra red-

brown with narrow black basal margin and

4 S. BARKER

Vatiable black edging to suture, wings black

but vot opaque. Hairs silver.

Shape wd sculptnre; Head evenly but shal

lowly punctured With deep median groove

between eyes, yvlabrous with small clevuted

knob on inside of each antennal cavity, muzzle

moderalcly elongate, Antennae serrate, Pro-

nolum evenly and shallowly punctured, plah-

rous: circular foyea in centre at base facing

upwards; small fovea in centre near apex facing

upwards and forwards; small fovea on each

side of anterior margins irtegular fovea on

each side before middle: projecting forwards

in middle of apical edge; base bisinuate; luter-

ally tapered from hase to apex. Seutellun

shield-shaped, toneave in middle, without

punctures, glabrous. Elytra clongate; costate

with 4 costae on each elyiron, intervals closely

punctured and raund, costue smooth, laterally

angled outwards from base, rounded at

shoulder then slightly coneave until after

middle, then rounded and tapered to preapical

areit, then more sharply tapered to apex which

iS truncate; bispinose, both spines small, inter-

val between slightly curved inwards. Under-

surface with shallow punctures, larger on

anterior part than on abdomen, edges of ab-

dominal sclerites glabrous; sparsely haired’ last

abdominal sezment truncate in both sexes:

tibia of forelegs laterally compressed af apex

and unusually wide, In Jateral profile project-

ing in meso- and metasternal area, abdomen

tupering to apex. Females beoader than males.

Size: Males (2.2 © 0,23 x 4.2 + 0.07 mm

(14), Females 13,2 = 0.30 5 4.8 © 0,09 mm

(9).

Distribution:

Wales,

Cenvenl eomarks:s Geouped with S$. latipes

Caner Both species ure tycid mimics and have

inflated fore-ubi. Dilfers trom S. latipes ag i

is srnaller, sculpture on pronotiim less pro-

nounced, head and propotum glabrous.

Specimens examined: Types; 3 3, no data,

SAM

Sdguroderu (Castiurina) crockerse sp, nov,

FIGS |B, 4B

Typer! Holotype: dy Afghan Rocks, Balladania

Stn, W. Aust. on Aucalyplus foecunda, 2.i1-

1975, ¥. Barker, SAM FT 21083. Allotype: ?-

Afehsn Rocks, Halladorta Ses, W. Aust, on

Eucalyptus foeeunda 2,4) 1975, S. Barker,

SAM I 21084. Paratypes; 1 cd & 2 9, Afghan

Rocks, Balladonn: Stn, W. Aust, Lain 1975, 8

Qucenshind and New South

Barker, SAM, 8 & & 10 2, same data as hoto-

type, SAM.

Colave; Head mottled red-brown, antennae

lestaceous, Pronolum mottled red-brown Scu-

tellum red-brown border, rest testaceous,

Elyta yellow with lestaceous spots, wilh nar-

row red-brown anterior murgin und red-brown

apex, Undersurface: anterior part mottled red-

brown, coxae with 2 red-hrown paiches,

remainder yellow with teslaccous spots. Legs

mostly yellow with testiceous spots; femora

with red-brown stripe, Hairs silver;

Shape and sculpture: Head vlosely punctured

With uroove between eyes, nizzle short. Pro-

notum closely punctured; anterior margip

straight, base bisinuyte; Literally rounded from

hase and widest 1/3 from hase, tapered to

apex. Seutcllum heart-shaped. closely punce-

tured, Elytra pynetate-striate, intervals fiat at

base, convex al apea; closely punctured sur-

face, pitted and rough; laterally anyled wut

from base, rounded at shoulder then slightly

concave until after middle, round to apex

which is bispinose: marginal spine larger than

sutural spine, rotinded and indented between:

apices not diverging, Undersurface closely

punctured and rough with few hairs, except in

males Which have patch of sensory bristles on

either side of mid-line on meso- and meta-

sternum; last ahdominal segment truncate in

male, rounded in female.

Size: Males 6.4 + 0.20% 3.0 £0.08 mm (18),

Females 9.2 + 0,|6x~% 3.4 = 0.05 mm (14).

Distribution: Western Australia and South Aus-

tral.

General remarks: A cryptic species grouped

with S, testacea Saunders, Dillers from 8, tes

tavea in beuig larger, not costate, pronotum is

inflated in middle. Named after Mrs A. E,

Crocker of Balladonia Stn, Western Australia.

Spechnenas exarniuned: W, Austs types; 3 ¢,

Lake Grace, SAM; 3 ¢ & 1 G, Piawanning,

2H E1951, R. PL McMillan, SAM- 1 of. 16 km

south Barden, 27.11.1956. SAM. S. Aust., 13,

no data, SAM,

Stigmodera (Castiarina) migriceps sp. nov.

FIGS IC, 4C

Types; Holotype: & 1S km east Einasleigh,

Old, LLEIY7O, RO Storey & TV. TT. Mursh,

SAM | 21085. Allotype: 9, 11 km west Mt

Carbine, Old, 21x 1977, Ro Storey & K.

Hal/papp, SAM - 21086, Paratypes, 5d) 11

km west Mi Carhine, Qld, 21.0i1,1977, R.

Vrorey & Ky Malfpapp, 3 SAM & 2 AWH: 1

SMGMODERA (CASTIARINA) (COLEOPTERA BUPRESTIDAE) 5

ay Ul km west Mt Carbine, Qld, 11.1978, R,

Slarey, RS: | 2, 9 kr NW Mt Molloy, Qld,

K.LLYTH, Nat & RF Slorey, RS; 1 8, Darwin,

N.T., 27.4.1970, 0 Weir, PL,

Colour; Head and antennae black, Pronotum,

seutellumn, undersurface und legs testaccous,

Elytra testaceous with brown apical mark,

reduced to two apical spots or entirely absent

in some specimens, accessory post-medial spots

on cach elytron in some specimens. Hairs

silver.

Shape and seulprire, Head closely punctured

with median groove between eyes; muzzle

short. Pronotum closely punctured, with small

basal fovea projecting forwards as median

impressed line, with basal nolches on each side

towurds murginy anterior margin straight; basal

markin bisinuate, laterally rounded from base

ta apex and widest in middle, dorso-ventrally

flattened ut sides, more so at base than at

apex, Sculellum shield-shaped, concave In

middle and with punetures, Elytra ponelate-

striate, intervals flat at base, convex at apex,

with many punctures, surface Uneven; laterally

slightly ungled our from base, rounded at

shoulder then concave until after middle,

rounded Lo apex which is hispinose;, marginal

spine larger than sutural spine, indented and

rounded between: apices not diverging, Under-

surtace closely and shallowly punctured, hiirs

spurse except ail ynterior wiaryin and with two

rows of scusory bristles on either side of mid-

linc on the meso- and meta-sternal sclerites in

males, ubsent in females. Last abdominal sep-

ment rounded in both sexes,

Sires Males 76 2 G8 27 + 0,05 mim (8),

Femules 7.6 x 2.9 mm (2),

Disvibwtion: Northern Territory and Queens-

lund.

General remarks: Grouped with 8, festecea

Saunders and §. creckerue Barker, It differs

Crom the other two species, being smaller and

havine a black head,

Species exandned: Types only,

Sligmiodera (Castiarina) metallica sp. ooy-

FIGS 1D, 4b

Tepes’ Holotype: 2, Tallering Sin, 10 km narth

Puidar, Wo Aust. on Eucalyprus eldfieldi,

Z7An 97S, ¥, Barker, SAM 1 21087. Allo-

types SL Tatlering Sto, 10 km north Pindar, W

Aust. un Enealvpeus edefieldl, 279i, 09735, 8

Barker, SAM UT 21087, Paratypes: 1 suine

data as holotype, SAM, 2 ¢ & 2 4, Southern

Cross, W. Aust, Tln0936, A Ie, Brown,

NMV:; 2 ¢ & | 4& Yellowdine, W. Aust,

i.1939, Bk Wilken, NMV.o1 @, Dedarn, W.

Aust, (0, 4. Brown, ANICS 1 3, Marloa Sta,

Wurarya, W. Ausi., 1931-1941, AL Goerling,

ANIC; 2 7 & 2 9, Lake Grace, W. Aust.,

27.xi 1969, K & E. Carnahy, KC; 1 ob & TY,

Southern Cross, W. Aust, Ho HY Brawn,

WAM; 3d &1 2, Dedari, W. Aust., £5,1.1950,

A.M. Deniylas, WAM.

Colour) Head, antennie, pronotum, scutellum,

undersurface and legs either all metallic green

or all metallic copper, the two colours not sex

linked, Elytra pale yellow, anterior margin

same colour us rest ef body,

Shape and sculptives Head elosely punctured,

with broad groove between eyes, Muzzle short,

Pronatum closely punctured, with faint median

wlabrous line extending to middle frony elon-

gate basal foveay anterior margin projecting

forwards. in middle; basal margin hisinuate;

Juterally rounded from base to apex, widest

before middle then narrowed fo apex, Seutel-

lum heart-shaped and {lat with few shallow

punctures. Elytra punctate-striate, intervuls fat

aud smooth at anterior end, convex al apers

laterally slightly angled out from base, rounded

al shoulder then concave until after middle,

then rounded and narrowed to apex which is

bispinose; marginal spine larver thant sutural

spine, rounded and indented between; apices

slightly diverging: apieal margin finely serrate,

Undersurface with close shallow punctures,

moderately hairy, Last abdominal segment

truncate in male, bilobed and pressed in, in

female,

Size: Males 106 £117 x 35 = O05 inn

(14). Females 10.9 + O31 4 3-7 + 1.08 mm

(8).

Diyriharion. Western Australie

General remarky; Grouped with A. pallidi-

penniy Blackburn, but differs from that species

heing smaller and narrower, apres) fang sub-

serrate, abdomen never testaceous.

Specimens examined: Types only

Stigmodera (Castiarina) bakerl sp, nov,

FIGS JE, 4E

Types: Holotype: fy Wialki, W) Aust, 18.x.

1957, &. Barker, SAM T 2/089, Alletype: 2,

88 km NE Wubin, W. Aust, 17)ik.1970, 8.

Barker, SAM 1 21090, Paralypes; & 3 & 2 &,

G2 kin NE Wubin, W. Ause, 294 19720 0, V0,

t/ther Baker, SAM; 6 of & 4 9, 74 kin SW

Payne's Find, W. Aust, [Tix (972, FW,

Uther Baker, SAM, 1 & & 1% 88 kn NE

6 S. BARKER

Wubin, W. Aust., 17.ix.1970, §. Barker, SAM;

1 & & 1 9, Wialki, W. Aust., 18.ix.1957 &

21.ix.1970, S. Barker, SAM; 7 &b & 13 2, Mar-

loo Stn, Wurarga, W. Aust., 1931-1941, A.

Goerling, ANIC; 1 ¢ & 1 2, Wongan Hills, W.

Aust., H. W. Brown, ANIC.

Colour: Head and antennae blue-green in male,

bronze or green in female. Pronotum black in

centre, blue-green at margins in male, margins

bronze or green in females. Scutellum dark

blue. Undersurface and legs blue. Elytra yellow

with red margins, each elytron with following

dark blue markings: thin band along basal

margin; fascia before middle, expanded for-

wards at outer edge and backwards where it

touches margin; a fascia after middle touching

margin and exanded forwards in middle; spade-

shaped preapical mark; fascia are connected

down suture and to apex. Hairs silver.

Shape and sculpture: Head closely punctured,

with median groove between eyes; muzzle

short. Pronotum closely punctured, punctures

at lateral margin larger than those in middle,

with shallow, round depression at base of each

side near margin, an elongate but shallow

median impressed line projecting forwards

from basal fovea to middle; apical margin pro-

jecting forwards in middle; basal margin bi-

sinuate; laterally parallel-sided from base until

after middle then abruptly rounded to apex.

Scutellum shield-shaped and flat, without punc-

tures, glabrous. Elytra punctate-striate, inter-

vals flat near base, convex at apex; laterally

angled out from base for short distance,

rounded at shoulder then concave until after

middle then rounded to apex; no apical spines,

apices diverging. Undersurface with long hair,

dense at anterior part, less dense on abdomen;

last abdominal segment truncate and slightly

indented in middle in males, deeply indented

in middle and folded under in females.

Size: Males 13.2 + 0.21 x 4.3 + 0.07 mm

(26). Females 14.7 + 0.32 x 4.9 + 0.12 mm

(21).

Distribution: Western Australia.

General remarks: Grouped with S. browni

Carter but differs in being a smaller species,

is not bispinose and has a smooth apical mar-

gin. Named after Dr F. H. Uther Baker.

Specimens examined: Types only.

Stigmodera (Castiarina) richardsi sp. nov.

FIGS 1F, 4F

Types: Holotype: ¢, Coral Bay, W. Aust.,

28.viil.1974, K. & E. Carnaby, SAM I 21091.

Allotype: 2, Coral Bay, W. Aust., 27,viii.1974,

K. & E. Carnaby, ANIC. Paratypes: 2 d,

Coral Bay, W. Aust., 28.viii.1974, K. & E.

Carnaby, KC; 6 od & 1 2, Coral Bay, W. Aust.,

4.ix.1971, K. T. Richards, WADA; 2 ¢ & 1 8,

19 km north Coral Bay, W. Aust., 4.ix.1971,

K. T. Richards, WADA; 3 ¢ & 1 9, 120 km

south Exmouth, W. Aust., 4.ix.1971, K. T.

Richards, WADA; 2 ¢ & 1 9, Coral Bay, W.

Aust., 29.viii.1974, K. & E. Carnaby, ANIC;

1 3 & 1 &, Coral Bay, W. Aust., 27.viii.1974,

K. & E. Carnaby, ANIC.

Colour: Head, antennae, mouthparts and legs

green with yellow reflections, head with yellow

frontal spot. Pronotum green with yellow

reflections, yellow down lateral margins. Scu-

tellum bright green. Elytra yellow with follow-

ing bright green markings: vitta from each

shoulder is connected to premedial fascia

which does not reach margin; post-medial

fascia concave to base; preapical spot on each

elytron connected obliquely to suture, all con-

nected down suture and reaching innermost

two spines. Red marginal border present,

thicker at apex than at base. Undersurface:

edges of abdominal segments yellow; sutures

green; hairs silver.

Shape and sculpture: Head closely punctured,

flat between eyes, muzzle short. Pronotum

closely punctured with small basal fovea in

middle and basal notches on each side, closer

to the margin than middle; projecting forwards

in middle of anterior margin, basal margin

barely bisinuate; laterally rounded from base

to apex, widest 1/3 from base. Scutellum

shield-shaped, flat with few punctures. Elytra

punctate-striate, intervals convex at apex, flat-

ter at base, punctured at shoulder and close

to margins, not near suture; laterally angled

outwards from base, rounded at shoulder then

concave until after middle then rounded and

narrowed to apex which is trispinose; inner

and outer spines small, middle spine larger;

apices slightly diverging. Undersurface with

shallow punctures and few short hairs. Last

abdominal segment truncate in male, indented

and bilobed in female.

Size: Males 11.3 + 0.24 x 4.1 + 0.08 mm

(17), Females 12.1 = 0.26 x 4.5 + 0.06 mm

(6).

Distribution: Western Australia.

General remarks: Grouped with S. flaviceps

Carter but differs from that species being tri-

spinose and having bright green markings.

Named after Mr K. T. Richards.

Specimens examined: Types only.

STIGMODERA (CASTIARINA) (COLEOPTERA; BUPRESTIDAE} 7

Stigmodera (Castiarina) subacuticeps sp. nov.

FIGS 1G, 4G

Types: Holotype; cy Badjaling, W. Aust.,

30,1%,1970, 3, Barker, SAM T 21092, Allotype:

9, Badjaling, W. Ausc., 30.1%.1970, 8. Barker,

SAM 1 21093, Parstypes: 6 ¢ & 7 9, South

Tummin Flora Reserve, W. Auat., 8.xi.1970.

S. Barker, SAM; 3 -¢ & 1 9, Lake Grave, W,

Aust. 1-x1.1970, K, & E. Curnuby, SAM; 1 &,

Ajana, W. Aust., [fix.1958, #. HL Urhee

Baker, SAM; 1 ¢, Tallering Sty, Pindar, W.

Aust, 7ax.1976, R, P. McMillan, SAM; 1 2.

3 km. south Maya, W, Aust., 3-xi,1968, N-

AfeFurland, SAM; 2 & & 3 9, Marloo Stn,

Wurarga, W, Aust, 1931-1941, A. Goerling,

ANIC.

Colour; Head and antennae black with blue

reflections, Pronotum green with blue reflec-

tions or blue, Scutellum, undersurface and legs

black with blue reflections, Hairs silver. Elytea

yellaw with following black markings all with

blue reflections: anterior margin; premedial

fascia with ends expanded into u vilta reaching

anterior Margin und posteriorly lateral margin,

enclosing basal spot and elongate marginal

mark; straight post-medial fascia touching

margin; apical mark. All marks connected

dawn suture.

Shape and sculptures Head closely and shal-

lowly punctured with median groove between

eyes, muzzle short, Pronotum closely punc-

tured with Shallow elongate basal depression

projecting forwards as impressed line from

base to apex, more obvious at apex; with basal

notch on each side, closer to margin than

centre: apical margin straight, basal margio

barely bisinuate; laterally flared out at hase,

pinched in then rounded and narrowed to apex,

Seutellum heart-shaped and glabrous. Elytra

punctate-striale, intervals convex, mare so at

apex and flatter at base with shallow punctures

in basal area, smooth at apex; laterally angled

out from base, rounded at shoulder, concave

until after middle, rounded to apex which fs

bispinose; marginal spine larger than sutural,

interval hetween rounded and indented; apices

slightly diverging; apical margin sub-serrate-

Undersurface with close shallow punctures,

moderately covered with medium Jeongrh hair;

last abdominal segment broadly truncate in.

hoth sexes.

Stre: Males 9.1 + 0,20 x 3.3 + 0.07 mum (74),

Females 9.4 + 0.25 x 3.5 + 0,09 mm ¢14)-

Distribution: Western Australia,

General remarks: Grouped with §. acwiceps

Saunders, but is a narrower species.

Specimens examined, Types only.

Stigmodera (Castiarina) georgiana sp. nov-

FIGS 1H, 4H

Types; Holotype: ¢, Coral Bay, W. Aust,

29,vi, 1977, K, & E. Carnaby, SAM I 21094,

Allotype: &, Karang Stn, Shark Bay, W. Aust,

on Acacia sp., 3.x.1957, $. Barker, SAM I

21095. Paratypes: 1 d & t & 2 km cast Hor-

rock’s Beach, W. Aust,, 21,ix,1958, D. 4, Ee-

ward, SAM; 1 9, Carnarvon, W. Aust, S.vin.

1942, P. HW. Uther Baker, SAM; | d, Woora-

mal, W. Aust., €8,viii. 1962, F. H. Uther Baker,

SAM; 1 9. 48 km south Carnarvon, W, Aust,

1$.in.1969, FP. H. Urher Baker, SAM; 1 d,

Wahroonga Sta, Gascoigne disteict, W. Aust.

Vin 1969. FL AL Uther Baker. SAM; 1 2,

Coral Bay, W. Aust, 29-vi,1977, K. & E,

Carnaby, KC: | @, Dirk Hartow Isl, W, Aust.

6.1x,1972, A. 8S. Georse, WADA; 4 od & 3 2

Marloo Stn, Wurarga, W. Avust., 1931-1941,

A, Gerling, ANIC, 1 d, Geraldton, W. Aust,

1914, Clarke. ANIC; 2 2 Lake Austin, W.

Aust, A. W, Brawn, NMY; 2 od, Cue, W,

Aust, Hy WY Brown, NMV; 1 ot. Geraldton,

W_ Aust., J. Clark, NMV, 1 2 W. Aust,

ANIC,

Colour: Head, antennae, pronoium, seutellum,

undersurface and legs black or blue-green with

hlue reflections, Elytra deep yellow with fol-

lowlng black markings all with blue reflections:

basal margin; premedial fascia, reduced to spot

in middle of each elytron at shoulder and one

on suture im some Specimens; post-medial

fascia reaching margin, projecting forwards in

middle of each side and projecting forwards

and backwards along suture; preapical rnark

covering apices and spines, last two marks con-

nected down suture, fascia may of may not he

connected down suture. Huirs silver,

Shape and seulpture; Head closely punctured

with narrow, shallow groove between eyes,

shehtly ridged on inside of each antennal

cavity, muzzle short. Pronotum with shallow

punctures and minute median basal depression,

with unpunetured median glabrous line from

base to middle; projecting forwards m middle

of apical margin, basal margin barely bisinuate;

laterally rounded and narrowed Crom base to

apex, widest part 1/3 distance from base. Scu-

tellum shield-shaped, concave in middle, with-

out punctures and glabrous, Elytra punctate-

striate, inlervals convex more so at apex than

8 S. BARKER

base, with shallow punctures; laterally angled

out from base, rounded at shoulder then con-

cave until after middle, rounded and tapered

to apex which is bispinose; marginal spine

large, sutural spine very small, rounded and

indented between; apices slightly diverging.

Undersurface with shallow punctures, sparsely

haired, hair long at anterior part, short on

abdomen; last abdominal segment truncate and

slightly indented in male, bilobed and pointed

in female.

Size: Males 12.7 + 0,22 x 4.7 + 0.09 mm

(12). Females 14.3 = 0.32 x 5.4 = 0.13 mm

(13).

Distribution: Western Australia.

General remarks: This species is grouped with

S. longicollis Saunders, S. propinqua Carter, S.

perlonga Carter, S. domina Carter. It is smaller

than all but S. perlonga but is comparatively

wider than that species. Named after Dr R. W.

George.

Specimens examined: Types only.

Stigmodera (Castiarina) verdiceps sp. nov.

FIGS 11, 41

Types: Holotype: ¢, Port Samson, W. Aust.,

23.xii.1946, bred out of Acacia sp., H. W.

Brown, SAM I 21096. Allotype: °, W. Aust.,

1.1947, W. du Boulay, ANIC. Paratypes: 3 3,

same data as holotype, SAM; 1 d, same data

as allotype, ANIC.

Colour: Head green, antennae dark brown

with green reflections. Pronotum, scutellum,

undersurface and legs green; hairs silver.

Elytra yellow with following black markings

which have blue reflections: anterior margin;

post-medial fascia, reaching margin and

expanded forwards in middle of each elytron

and on suture; large apical mark connected

along suture to fascia.

Shape and sculpture: Head closely punctured

with median groove between eyes and ridged

on inside of each antennal cavity, muzzle short.

Pronotum closely punctured with small median

basal depression projecting forwards as short

impressed line; basal notch on each side, closer

to margin than suture; projecting forwards in

middle of anterior margin; basal margin bi-

sinuate; laterally pinched in at base, rounded

at apex and widest in middle. Scutellum heart-

shaped and depressed in middle at anterior

edge, without punctures. Elytra punctate-

striate, intervals convex, more so at apex than

at base; laterally angled out from base, rounded

at shoulder then concave until after middle,

rounded to apex which is bispinose; marginal

spine slightly larger than sutural spine, rounded

and indented between; apices diverging; mar-

gin sub-serrate from edge of apical mark to

spines. Undersurface closely and_ shallowly

punctured, sparsely haired; last abdominal seg-

ment broadly truncate and slightly indented in

middle in males, narrowly truncate and_ in-

dented in females.

Size: Males 12.3 = 0.25 x 4.4 + 0.08 mm (5).

Female 14.3 x 5.2 mm (1).

Distribution: Western Australia.

General remarks: Grouped with S. georgiana

Barker and its related species, but is cylin-

drical, narrower and bispinose.

Specimens examined: W. Aust.; Types; 1 ¢,

Broome, 1.1947, H. W. Brown, SAM.

Stigmodera (Castiarina) macmillani sp. nov.

FIGS 2A, 4]

Types: Holotype: 3, Wialki, W. Aust., 21.ix.

1970, S. Barker, SAM I 21097. Allotype: 9,

Wialki, W. Aust., 17.ix.1957, 8. Barker, SAM

I 21098. Paratypes: 2 2, Northam, W. Aust.,

xi.1938, C. G. Jessup, SAM; 1 3, Meckering,

W. Aust., 4.xi,1955, R. P. McMillan, SAM;

1 d, Badjaling, W. Aust., 30.ix.1970, S. Barker,

SAM; 1 3, 10 km east Ravensthorpe, W. Aust.,

16,xii.1975, 8S. Barker, SAM.

Colour: Head, antennae, pronotum, scutellum,

undersurface and legs, dull bronze, green or

blue. Elytra yellow with red margin and with

following black markings: basal margin; pre-

medial fascia expanded at marginal end into

vitta reaching anterior margin forwards and

lateral margin backwards, enclosing yellow

basal mark at shoulder and elongate, pre-

dominantly red mark at shoulder; post-medial

fascia touching margin in some specimens, not

in others; preapical spade-shaped mark, Fascia

connected down suture, preapical mark ex-

panded down suture to apices in some speci-

mens, not in others.

Shape and sculpture: Head closely punctured

with shallow groove between eyes, muzzle

short. Pronotum closely punctured with very

small basal depression projecting forwards as

glabrous line to middle and as shallow im-

pressed line from middle to apex; no basal

notches but glabrous triangular areas on each

side at base closer to margin than centre;

anterior margin straight; basal margin barely

bisinuate; laterally angled inwards from base,

then parallel-sided, rounded at middle and

narrowed to apex, no hairs on dorsal surface.

Scutellum shield-shaped, without punctures,

STIGMODERA (CASTIARINA) (COLEOPTERA: BUPRESTIDAE) 9

_———

a r

P ( ) & * fF

/ lt J

Wy

D

a)

=

an

oe

=

Fig. 2. x 3 natural size. A. Stigmodera macmillani sp. nov. B. Stigmodera occidentalis sp. nov. C. Stig-

modera ovata sp, nov. D. Stigmodera walfordi sp. nov. E. Stigmodera brooksi sp. nov. F. Stig-

modera carnabyi sp. nov.

glabrous, concave at upper edge. Elytra punc-

tate-striate, intervals rounded, more so at base

than at apex, with shallow punctures through-

out their length; laterally angled out from base,

rounded at shoulder, then concave until after

middle, rounded to apex which is bispinose;

sutural spine larger than marginal spine, in-

dented and rounded between; apices barely

diverging. Undersurface with close shallow

punctures except on edges of abdominal seg-

ments which are glabrous, rest densely covered

with long hair. Last abdominal segment trun-

cate in male, rounded in female.

Size: Males 12.6 = 1.01 x 4.7 + 0.27 mm (3).

Females 13.0 + 0.38 x 4.9 + 0.22 mm (4).

Distribution: Western Australia.

General remarks: Grouped with S. simulata

L. & G. but is a smaller species, pronotum

glabrous and not bulbous at the sides, apical

part of elytra more rounded. Named after Mr

R. P. McMillan.

Specimens examined: Types only.

Stigmodera (Castiarina) occidentalis sp. nov.

FIGS 2B, 4K

Types: Holotype: d, Stirling Range, W. Aust.,

74.1971, K. & E. Carnaby, SAM I 21099.

Allotype: 2, 6 km west Wannamal, W. Aust.,

1 5S. BARKER

on Nuytsia floribunda, 10.xii.1970, S. Barker,

SAM 1 21100. Paratypes: | 3 & 2 9, Stirling

Range, W, Aust., 74.0971, K, & &. Carnaby,

SAM: | 9, | kim south Bull's Creek, W. Aust,

on Nuytata floribunda, 1xiLt957, 8. Barker,

SAM; 1 &. Jateahdale. W, Aust., on Ageniy sp..

2).xL1954, 8, Barker, SAM, 4 9, 6 km west

Wannamal, W, Aust., on Nuytsla floribunda,

10 & 15.s,1970, &. Barker, SAM; 4c & 3 4,

Stirling Range, W. Aust. P2a,7971. A. & &,

Cartiahy, ANIC; | 9%, Perth, W. Aust, #4.

Brown, ANIC: 1 9, Mt Ragged, W, Aust,

W.x.1977, SF Lawrence; ANIC; 1 9, Stirling

Range, W, Aust, 74.1971, K, & &. Carnaby,

GA; 1 4, South Perth, W. Aust, 17.911, 1906,

HM. Giles, NMVc2 8, Kalamunda, W. Aust,

H.W, Brawn, NMV.

Colour- Male: Head, antennae, scutellum,

undersurluce and Jegs green, blue-green or

blue. Female: Head, antennae, scutellum,

undersurface and legs, green with yellow reflec-

tions, Elytra in both sexes yellow with narrow

aiteriot margin dark blue and same along

suture, expanded in preapical area to form

diamond-shaped spot. Hairs silver

Shape and sculpture: Head closely punctured,

with shallow groove between eyes, ridged on

inside of ench antennal cavity, muzzle short,

Pronotum elosely punctured with large, shal-

low foyea in middle of eaeh side towards base,

small median basal fovea, small basal notch

nearly one-half way from margin to centre, on

each side; projecting forwards jn middle of

apical margin, basal margin bisinuate; laterally

infuicd before middle, rounded and tapered to

apex, tapered then turned outwards at base.

Scutellhint heart-shaped, with few punctures,

conceive in middle. Elytra punctate-striale,

intervals smooth and mainly Sat: laterally

barely angled outwards from base. rounded at

shoulder and congave unul after ttiddle.

tapered to apex Which is bispinose; marginal

spine larger than sulural, rounded and in-

dented between, Undersurface smooth with

shallow punctures and few short hairs; last

abdominal segment truncate and slightly

pressed in, in mate, rounded In female.

Sise: Males 17.5 = 0.37 x 64 £0.13 mm (7).

Females 18.9 + 0.37 x 7.4) = 0.16 mm (16).

Distribution: Western Australia:

General reniarks: Grouped with S. veriepieta

Thomson bul is larger than that species, has a

bulbous pronotum and a constant sutural mark.

Specimens examined: Types only.

Stigmodera (Castiarina) ovata sp. pov-

FIG, 2C

Types: Holotype; 2, Hamelin Pool, W. Aust.,

9ix.1970, K. & &. Carnaby, SAM 1 21101,

Allotype: 9, Malou Stn, Wurarga, W, Aust,

1931-1941, A. Goerling, ANIC, Paratypes: |

9, 61 km NE Wuhin, W. Aust, 18.x.1977,

K, T, Richards, WADA, 1 §, Lake Bryde, W,

Aust., 5.xi.1972, K. & £, Carnaby, KC; 1 2

Hamelin Pool, W, Aust... 10.ix.1971, K. &

Curnaby, KC.

Colour; Head dull bronze, apex of muzzle blue-

green, Antennae dull bronze except basal seg-

ment Which is blue-green, Pronotum and scue

tellum dull bronze. Elytra yellow with follow-

ig black markings; narrow basal margin; pre-

medial fascia not reaching margin; post-medial

fascia, convex forwards; apical spade-shaped

mark extending down suture to extreme up

and connected to second fascia along suture,

red around entire margin, Undersurtace: ster-

num dull bronze; abdomen red-brown; Jegs

blue-green; hairs silver.

Shape and sculptures Head closely punctured

with wide median groove betWeen eyes, ridged

on inside of antennal cavities, muzzle moder-

ately elongate. Pronotum closely punctured

with small median basal depression and basal

notch on each side closer to margin than

centre; apical margin angled forwards at sides,

projecting forwards in middle, basal margin

angled forwards from centre on each side, two

sides straight; laterally indented at base,

rounded und bulbous 1/3 distance from base,

tapered to apex. Seutellum heart-shaped, not

punctured, indented at front edge in middle.

Elytra punctate-striate, mtervals convex, more

so at hase than apex, with rows of punctures;

laicrally angled outwards from base, rounded

at shoulder, concave until after middle,

rounded to apex which is without spines; apices

diverging. Undersurface with close shallow

punctures, moderately covered with short hair,

Last ubdeminal segment truncate in’ male,

rounded in female.

Size, Male 13,9 « 5.8 mm (1), Females 15.1

+ (.45 % 6.2 + 0.28 mm (4),

Distribution; Western Australia.

Generul reeedrka: A broad-bodied — spoeies

which cannot be grouped with any other

Specimens examined: Types only,

STIGMODERA (CASTIARINA) (COLEOPTERA! RUPRESTIDAE) i

Stigusodera (Castiarina) walfordi sp. nov.

FIGS 2D, 4L

Types: Holotype; %, Paluma, Qld, 15.1.1967,

A. Walferd-Hugginy, SAM [ 21102. Paratypes:

1d, no data. BM: 1 3, Qld, BM; | 9, Towns-

ville, Qld, 29.4n,1902, FP. Dadd, BM; 1 §,

North Old, BM; 2 ?, Paluma, Qld, 15.i-1967,

A. Walford-Hugeins, AWH; 3 &, Paluma, Qld,

&. EF, Adams, BA; 1 &, Ewan Rd, 14 km west

Paluma, Qld, 20.x11.1968, J. A. G. Braoks,

ANIC; 1 9, Mt Spee, Qld, 12.1.1969, J, G,

Brooks, NMV.

Colour, Head, pronotum, scutellum bronze

with purple reflections, Antennae brenze, Ist

and 2nd segments with blue reflections, rest

with purple reflections. Elytra yellow with fol-

lowing markings all black with blue and/or

purple reflections: an elongate mark on each

shoulder angled inwards towards apex; post-

medial fascia reaching margin from sulure;

mark covering whole apex, anterior margin

and all or part along suture; most of margin

red and tnost of areg between fascia and apical

mark red. Undersurface bronze with purple

reflections at anterior part, abdomen testa-

ceous. Legs: femora bronze with purple reflec-

tions, tibia same but with blue tips; tarsi blue:

hairs silver,

Shape and sculpture: Head closely punctured

with median groove between cyes, ridged on

inside of each antennal cavity, muzzle short,

Pronotum closely punctured with small basal

fovea projecting forwards to middle as glabrous

line and as impressed line from middle to apex:

anterior Murgin projecting forwards in middle;

basal margin bisinuate; laterally concave from

base, bulbous and rounded before middle,

rounded and narrowed to apex, Scuteljurn

shield-shaped, concave in middle of front edge,

without punctures. Elytra punctate-striate, in-

tervals convex, more so at apex than at base,

wrinkled more 50 at epex than at base; laterally

slightly angled out fron base, rounded at

shoulder then concave until after middle,

rounded ta apex which is bispinose; spines

small and rounded between; apices slightly

diverging; apical margin sub-serrate. Under-

surface: closely punctured; moderately hairy,

hairs short, Last abdominal segment rounded

in both sexes,

Srre: Males 15.5 x 5.9 mm (2). Females 15.8

=~ 0.20% 6,0 = 0.07 mm (10).

Distribution: Queensland,

General remarks: Grouped with 5, steaminea

MacLeay but is larger than that speeies, has

ridges on insides of antennal cavities, the pro-

notum js closely punctured and is not bulbous

and the elytral markings ace dilferent, Named

after Mr A. Walford-Huggins.

Specimens examined: Types only.

Stigmodera (Castisrina) hronksi sp, nov,

FIGS 2E, 4M

Types: Holotype: ¢, '6 kny west Running

River, Paluma Range, Old, 121.1969, B, &,

Adams, SAM 1 21103. Allotype: 2, L6 km

west Running River, Paluma Range, Qld,

12.1.1969, &, E, Adams, SAM 1 21104, Para-

types! 3 of & 2 Y, Paluma, Qld, 15.5,1967, A,

Walferd-Hugeins, AWH, 1 3, Ewan Rd, Mt

Spec, Qld, 84,1969, . G, Brooks, SAM; 1 od,

Mt Spec, Qld, 16.1.1965, J. A. G, Brooks, JB:

22, Mt Spee, Qld, 3.7,1966 & 61,1966, JAG,

Brooks, JB; 1 c, Ewan Rd, 19 kim west

Paluma, Qld, 3.1.1966, J. A- G_ Brooks, ANIC:

| d, Ewan Rd, 18 km west Paluma, Qld,

12,,.1966, J A. G, Brooks, ANIC; 2 a, Mt

Spec, Qld, 231.1966 & 54,1967, J. G. Brooks,

BM; 1 3, Ewan Rd, Mt Spec, Qld, 12.1.7969,

J, G. Brooks, NMV.

Celour: Head dark blue with green reflections,

Antennae green. Pronotum bicolorous: brick-

red at sides; black in middle with blue reflec-

tions at posterior margins, Flytra mainly yel-

low, with dark blue basal margin, red curved

band towards apex. spex blue. Undersurface

bicolorous: lateral prosternum bright red, lust

three abdominal segments predominantly same,

laterally deep blue; hairs silver-

Shape and sculpture: Head with shallow punc-

tures, median groove between eyes, ridged on

inside of antennal cavities, muzzle shart. Pro-

noatum with shallow punctures; with medlnin

impressed line projecting forwards ta apex

from basal depression; basal notches on each

side almost 4 way from margin to centre;

projecting forwards in middle of apical margin;

basal margin bisinuate; laterally inflated in

middle, rounded anteriorly, straight at base.

Scutellum fieart-shaped, indented in middle of

intenor margin, with punctures. Elyira striate-

punctate, intervals slighily convex but smaath;

laterally angled owtwurds from base, rounded

at shoulder, concave before niiddle, rounded

sind tapered from middle to apex which has no

spines; apices diverging slightly; apical margin

sub-serrate. Undersucface: with shallow pune:

tures, smooth; slightly harry. Last abdominal

sepment rounded in both sexes.

12 S, RARKER

Sizes Males 18.5 ‘° 119 & FI > UO mm

(11), Females 19.7 = 0.42 x 8.0 = 1.34 mm

(5),

Distribution: Queensland.

General remarks: Grouped with S analiv

Saunders but isa farger species, has a red band

on the tipex of the elytra and bicolorous under-

surface, Named after the late Mr J. G, Brooks.

Speetmens exauened: Types anly,

Stigmodera (Castiarina) carnaby) sp. nov.

FIGS 2F, 4N

Types; Holotype, of, Jerramungup, W. Aust,

IS.LIYTI, K. & E Carnahy, ANIC. Allotype:

9, Jerramungtup, W. Aust, 21970, K. & &.

Carnaby, SAM | 21(05. Paratypes; 2 9, Jerra-

mungup, W. Aust, 2.011970, K. & E, Car-

aby, | KC, | BA; 1 & & 1 @, same data as

holotype, ANIC-

Colour Head dark blue. Antennac: basal two

segments dark blue; remainder black with yel-

low-green reflections. Pronotum blue in middle,

thick luteral margin red-brown. Scutellum

hlack with blue reflections, Undersurface and

legs deep bluc, Hairs silver, Elytra red-brown

with the following black markings with blue

reflections! narrow basal border; post-medial

fascia; apical mark; marks all connected down

suture with slight bulge in pre-medial arca,

Shape and yculpture: Head with close shallow

punctures, shallow groove between eyes,

muzzle short. Pronotum with shallow punc-

tures: two flat patches near base and close te

hasal ungles wilhnul punctures, small basal

depression; projecting forwards in middle of

wpical margin; basal margin barely btsinuute:

lulerally rounded from base, expanded 1/3

distance from base then tapered to apex, Scu-

tellum clongate, heart-shaped and depressed in

middle of basal edge, without punctures.

Elytra punetute-striate, intervals convex at

base, flatter at apex, intervals wrinkled and

punctured at showlder and alone margin.

laterally slightly anuled out from base, rounded

at shoulder, then coneave until after middle,

then rounded to apex which is truncate and

without spines; apices barely diverging. Under-

surface with shallow punctares wnd few short

huits. Last abdominal segment truncate in

mile, rounded in female.

Sizes Males 16.3 x O35 mm (2), Femiles 1.2

"O24 7,2 = 14 mm (4),

Disteitation: Westem Australia.

General reinarks: Cannot be grouped with any

other spevies. Named aller Mr &, Carnaby.

Specimens examined: Types onty-

Stigmodera (Castiarina) uploni sp. noy,

FIGS 3A, 40

Types: Holotype: &, 55 hm NE Barrow Creek,

NUE, 12.40.1972, Af S. Upton, ANIC. Allo-

twpe. %, 55 km NE Barrow Creek, NT.

12,1972, Mo &. Upten, ANIC, Paratypes: 1

2 & 3%, same data as hololype, 1 2 SAM, 1c

& 27 ANIC

Colours Head maitdy coppery, upex of muzzle

blue-green, Antennae black. Pronotum ecoppery

al sides With triangular patch iy middle dark

blue, with greenish margin, Sculellum dark

blue, Elytra yellow with following dark blue

markings: premedial spot on each elytron;

post-medial fascia reaching margin und ex-

panded at margin and on suture; apical ovark

covering spines and connected along suture to

fascia. Undersurfuce and legs coppery-violet:

tarsi black; hairs silver,

Shape and sculpture: Head closely puletured

with median groove between eyes, muzzle

clongate, Pronotum closely punctured at sides,

larger and deeper than in middle Where they

ure sparse and shallow and surface glabrous;

median basal depression and basal notches

close to middle of each side; apical margin

projecting forwards in middie; basal margin

bisinuate; laterally tapered from base to apex,

slightly rounded near apex. Scutellum shield-

shaped. without punctures, concave in middle

of front edge, Blytra punctate-striate, punc-

tures large and very deep, intervals convex and

evenly rounded and glabrous; laterally angled

oul from base, rounded at shoulder, then

slightly concave until after middle, then

rounded to apex which is bispinose; marginal

sping wreatly enlarged und rounded on outside,

pointed inside with slight indentation Io very

small sutural spine: upices slightly diverging,

Undersurface with shallow punctures, lightly

haired; last abdominal segment rounded in both

sexes: Sth tarsal segment is as long as combined

length of other 4 segments.

Sire Males 10.4 x 3.8 mm (2). Femtiles 1.7

+ O.28 «3.8 + 1.19 mm (4).

Distrihutions Norther Territory.

General remar&s; Grouped with 3. qaadrifare

viata Saunders but differs fram that species

being smaller, with enlarged marginal spine

anid elongate Sth tarsal seazment, All specimens

oxamined were collected dead from the insides

STIGMODERA (CASTIARINA) (COLEOPTERA: BUPRESTIDAE) 13

Cm |

‘i §

Fig. 3. x 3 natural size. A. Stigmodera uptoni sp.

nov. B. Stigmodera borealis sp. nov.

of tubular road markers which also contained

other dead insects. As spiders were not present

they may have been dropped by predatory

insects, possibly Asilid flys. Named after Mr

M. S. Upton.

Specimens examined: N.T.; Types; 3 damaged

specimens, same data as holotype ANIC.

Stigmodera (Castiarina) borealis sp. nov.

FIG. 3B

Types: Holotype: 2, 2200 m elevation, Mt

Otto, New Guinea, 22.vi.1955, J. L. Gressit;

BPBM Bishop 10653.

Colour: Head. antennae, pronotum, scutellum,

undersurface and legs dark blue. Elytra with

following dark blue markings: thick basal

fascia; thick fascia at middle; broad apical

mark all connected broadly down suture; two

large red spots on each elytron, one pre- and

one post-medial, touching margin but not

reaching suture. Undersurface hairs silver.

Shape and sculpture: Head shallowly punc-

tured, glabrous, with median groove between

Fig. 4. Photomicrographs of male genitalia of the following Stigmodera (Castiarina) species: A.

planipes, B. crockerae, C. nigriceps, D. metallica, E. bakeri, F. richardsi, G. subacuticeps, H.

georgiana, \. verdiceps, J. macmillani, K. occidentalis, L. walfordi, M. brooksi, N. carnabyi, O.

uptoni.

4 S. BARKER

eyes, muzzle short, Pronotum shallowly punc-

tured and glabrous, punctures larger at sides

than in middle, with median basal depression

and shallow rounded depression on cach side

near base; anterior margin projecting forwards

broadly in middle; basal margin bisinuate;

laterally pinched in at base, founded until after

middle and rounded to apex. Scutellum heart-

shaped, depressed in middle of anterior mar-

gin, glabrous. Elytra punctate-striate intervals

convex, more so at base than at apex; laterally

angled out from base, rounded at shoulder,

then concave until after middle, rounded to

apex which is bispinose; marginal spine larger

than sutural spine, interval between compara-

tively broad and straight; apical half of margin

serrate; apices barely diverging. Undersurface

shallowly punctured and moderately covered

with short hair. Last abdominal segment

broadly truncate in female.

Size: Female 8.7 x 2.8 mm (1),

Distribution: New Guinea.

General remarks: Cannot be grouped with any

other species.

Specimens examined; Type only.

Sub-genus CASTIARINA LaPorte & Gory

1837

abdominalis Saunders 1868, J, Linn, Soc. 9, 467... NS

ynica Kerremans 1898, Annis Soc. ent. Bele, 42

acuminata Kerremans 1898, Annls Soe, ent. Belg, 42, 142 Q., N.S.

acuta Deuquet 1956, Proe, Linn, Soc. NSW, 81, 154 conan NS

aculiceps Saunders 1869, Insect, Saund, 3, 19...

odewahni Obenberger 1928, Arch. Naturgeseh, 1926, 92, 330

acuticollis Carter 1916, Trans, R. Soe, §, Aust, 40, 133 ,

adams? Deuquet 1957, Proc, Linn, Soc. N.S.W, 82, 189

adelaidaue Hope 1846, Trans. ent. Soc, Lond. 4, 212

aenelcornis Saunders 1868, J, Linn. Sac. 9, 472,

. 150

W.A, SA. VQ.

laudabilis Kerremans 1898, Annis Soe, ent. Bele. 42, 144

aeraticollis Carter 1930, Proc, Linn, Sac. N.S.W, 35, 182 WA

affabilis Kerremans 1898, Annis Soc. ent. Belg, 42, 141 ie QO.

simplex Kerremans 1902, Genera Insect. 12, 210

ulexondrl Carter 1916, Trans. R. Sov. S. Aust. 40, 119 W.A,, SA

alternecasta Thomson 1879, Typ. Bupr, App. Va, 35 oc N.S.W,, QO

alacris Kerremansy 1890, Bull, Soc. ent. Belg, 1890, 47

disjecta Kerrvemans 1890, Bull. Soc, ent, Belg. 1890, 48

allernecostata Kerremans 1892, Mém Sac. r. ent. Belg. 1, 143

quadrinotata Blackburn 1892, Trans. R. Soc. 5, Ausi, 15, 49

libeny Kerremans 1902, Genera Inseet, 12, 209

amabilis L & G 1837, Mon, Bupr, 2, 19 pacha W.A,

amplipennis Saunders 1868, J. Linn, Soe, 9, 48 S.A. V. NS.W., Q.

amplicollis Carter 1931, dust, Zool, 6, 107

analiy Saunders 1869, Insect. Sanud, 3, 7 Q.

marginicervex Thomson 1879, Typ, Bupr. App. ba, 3)

anchoralis L & G 1837, Mon. Bupr. 2, 26 to W.A

arborifera Blackburn 1892, Trans, R, Sac. S, Aust. 15, 51

agrestis Kerremans 189%, Annis Soc. ent. Belg. 42, 140

fantilla Obenberger 1922, Arch. Naturgesch, 1922, 88, 116

andersont 1, & G 1837, Mon, Bupr, 2,25 on. Vv. NLS.W,

verax Kerremans 1898, Annis Soc, ert, Belg, 42, 146

dicax Obenberger 1922, Arch. Naturgesch, 1922, 88 119

argillacea Carter 1916, Trans, R. Soe. S, Aust, 40, 126 Vv.

ariel Carter 1930, Proc. Linn, Soc. N.S.W. 55, 533 N.S,W.

armata Thomson 1879, Typ. Bupr. App. ta, 31 N.S.W.

theryi Carter 1924, Proc. Linn, Soc, NuS,W, 49, 534

assimilis Hope 1846, Trans. ent, See. Lond. 4, 212 Vv. N.S.W,

fimida Kertemans 1898, Annly Soc. ent, Belg, 42, 147

pueriliy Kerremans 1898, Annls Soe. ent, Help. 42, 147

atricollis Saunders 1869, Insect. Saand, 3, 22 WA, SA.

iripartita Kerremans 1900, Anuls Soo, ent, Belg. 44, 317

atrocoernlea Kerremans 1890, Bull, Sve, ent. Belg. 1890, 47 A,

atronolata Waterhouse 1874, Trans. Ro ent. Soe, Lond. (874, 542 0.

STIGMODERA (CASTIARINA) (COLEOPTERA: BUPRESTIDAE)

attenuata Carter 1916, Trans. R. Soc. _ Aust, 40, 132

audax Saunders 1869, Insect, Saund, 3, 5

aurantiaca Carter 1931, Aust, Zool. 6, oN igo tt

durcola Carter 1913, Proc. Linn. Sac, N.S.W, 37, 499

duripennis Barker 1979, Trans. R. Soc. S. Aust. 103, 2

aurifera Carver 1922, Proe. Linn, Soc. NSW. 47, 68

aurolimbata Carter 1922, Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.W., 47, 68

australastae \, & G 1837, Mon. Bupr. 2, 32

melbournensis Thomson 1879, Typ. Bupr. App. la, 34

baker’ Barker 1979, Trans, R. Soc. §. Aust. 103, 5 |.

halteata Saunders 1869, /nsect, Saute. 3, 16

postica Thomson 1879, Typ. Bupr. App. la, 37

balthasari Obenberger 1928, Arch. Naturgesch, 1926, 92, 330... ..

bazilisca Obenberger 1933, Cas Csl, Spal. ent. 30, 105 =

truncata Carter 1936, Proc. Linn. Sac, N.S.W. 61, 100

bella Saunders 1871, Cat, Bupr. Syn. Syst., 71

ertentata L, & G 1837, Mon. Bupr. 2, 29

bifasciata (Hope) 1831, Gray's Zoologica Miscellany 1, 25

hicincta (Boisduval) 1835, Voyage de l'Astrolobe, &9

hicingnlata L& G 1837, Man, Bupr, 2, 30

dejeani Gory 1841, Men, Bupr, 4, err. add,

bicineta Gory 1841, Man, Bupr. 4, 131

trispinasa Kerremans 1890, Bull. Soc. ent. Bele, 1890, 43

higutiata Macleay 1863, Trans. ent, Soc, NSW. 1, 24

(rimaculaia Saunders 1868, J, Linn, Soc, 9, 482

terraevreginae Blackburn 1893, Trans. R, Sec. 8. Aust. 17,295

trianvulosa Kerremans 1898, Anals Soc, ent. Belg, 42, (37

hroamensis Carter 1934, Prac. Linn. Suc. N.S.W. 59, 253

hinatata Saunders |871 Cat. Bupr. Syn. Syst., 72

himaculata Saunders 1869, Insect. Saund, 3,7

blackburni Curter 1916, Trans. R. Soc. 8. Aust, 40, 118

hogania Carter 1930, Prac. Linn. Soc. N.SW. 55, 534

hooanyia Carter 1933, Proc, Linn. Soc, N.S.W, 58, 162

Barker & Edward 1963, West. Aust. Nat. 8, 170

booyania Carter 1933, Proce. Linn. Soe, N.S,W. 58, 162

borealis Barker 1979, Trans. R. Sac. 8. Aust. 103, 13

hremei (Hope) 1845, Trans, ent, Soe, Land. 4, 102

brookst Barker 1979, Trans. R, Soc. 8, Aust. 103, 11

browni Carter 1916, Trans. R. Soe. 8. Aust, 40, 121

brutella Thorson 1879, Typ. Bupr. App. la, 37

yraphisura Thomson 1879, Typ. Bupr. App. la, 37

uniformiy Kerremans 1898, Annis. Soc, ent, Bele, 42, 145

victrix Obenberger 1922, rch. Natureesch. 1922, 88, 119

harchelli L & G 1837, Mon. Bupr. 2, 33

callubriensis Carter 1951, Aust. Zool. 6, 367

campestels Blackburn 1897, Trans. R. Soc. 8, Aust, 21, 3

deleta Kerremans 1902, Genera Insect. 12, 208

saundersiana Obenberger 1922, Arch. Natureesch, 1922, 88, 120.

canaliculata Blackburn 1892, Trans, R. Sac, 8, Aust, 15, 51

parvula Deuquet, 1956, Prac. Linn. Sec. ee ite 185

carinata MacLeay 1863, Trans. ent. Soc. N.S.W. ;

opacula Obenberger 1922, Arch. Naturvesch, 1933, 88, 127

carminea Saunders 1868, J. Linn. Soc. 9, 474

felix Kerremans 1898, Annis Soc. ent. Bele, 42, 142

earnabyi Barker 1979, Trans. R. Soc. S. Aust, 103, 12

caxtelnaudi Saunders 1869, Insect. Saund. 3, 9

themsoniana Masters 1886, Cat. Coleop., 97

castelnaudi Thomson 1878, Typ. Bupr., 53

laportei Kerremans 1890, Bull. Soc, ent, Bele, 1890, 42

cincta Blackburn 1890, Trans. R. Suc. 8. Aust, 13, 157

rubrocincta Kerremans 1890, Bull, Soc. ent. Belg, 1890, 46

einnamomea MacLeay 1863, Trans. ent. Soc, NSW, 1, 25

-

ww

x =

xO OF<P<

W.A,, N.T, Q,

S.A., V., N.S.W.. Q,

NSW.

Q.

NSW. 0

Q

W.A, S.A. V., NSW.

. W.A.

W.A. S.A, V.

WA

Q.

16 S. BARKER

clancula Obenberger 1922, Arch. Naturgesch. 1922, 88, 117

clarki Carter 1922, Proc. Linn. Soc, N.SW, 47, 69.

coccinata (Hope) 1845, Trans. ent. Soc. Lend, 4, 102 ......,

vlegantula White 1846, Discoveries in Australia, J. Lort Stokes t 507

coerulelpes Saunders 1869, Insect. Saund. 3, 13.

cognata Kerremans 1898, Annis Soc. ent. Belg. 42, 136

volligens Kerremans 1890, Bull, Soc, ent, Belg, 1890, 44

colarata Hope 1847, Trans. ent. Soc, Lond. 4, 283 .. S

commixta Carter 1924, Proe. Linn. Sac, N.S,W, 49, 21

confinis Kerremans 1898, Annly Soc. ent. Belg, 42, 151

confusa Waterhouse 1874, Trans. R. ent. Soc. Lond. 1874, 541

apicenotata Carter 1930, Proc, Linn. Sec, N,S.W. 55, $33

convexa Carter 1913, Proc. Linn, Soc. N.S.W. 37, 506 W.A., S.A,

puteolata Carter 1939, Proc. Linn. Soc, N.S.W. 64, 300

cordifer Kerremans 1890, Bull, Soc. ent. Belg. 1890, 44 aay WAAL

costulis Saunders 1869, Insect. Saund. 3,14 000.0... _N.S,W.

costata Saunders 1868, J. Linn. Soc. 9, 470 ; my, Ben noi ith N.S,W.

costipennis Saunders 1869, Insect. Saund, 3,13 |, ‘905 , N.S.|W.

crenata (Donovan) 1805, Epitome Insects New Holland pl. 7, fig. 3 4 Ww. A., S.A, Vv. Fin N.S.W,, Q.

amphicroa (Boisduyal) 1835, Voyage de l'Astrolobe, 90

sexspilota L & G 1837, Mon Bupr. 2, 35

sieboldi L & G 1837, Mon, Bupr. 2, 38

ZZ '

nn =.

ook<o2e S30

Z>

int

crocicolor L & G 1937, Mon. Bupr. 2, 44 7 sneasoerseceTVoraco carey msi? ae Ye es

consanguinea Saunders 1868, Trans. R. ent. Soc. Lond. 1868, 49

crockerae Barker 1979, Trans. R, Soc, 8, Aust, 103, 4 ; J WOAL SLA

eruenta L & G 1837, Mon. Bupr. 2,29 006. N.S.W.

cruentata (Kirby) 1818, Trans, Linn. Soc, 12, 455 S.A, V,, N.S.W,, QO,

vereta Hope 1847, Trans. ent. Soc. Lond, 4, 243

covruleiventris Saunders 1869, Insect, Saund, 3, 20

haroldi Saunders 1871, Cat, Bupr. Syn, Syst., 74

viridiventris Saunders 1869, Jnsect. Saund. 3, 20

neologa Thomson 1879, Typ. Bupr. App. 1a, 35

stillata Blackburn 1890, Trans. R. Soc. S. Aust. 13, 148

coeruléa Kerremans 1892, Mém. Soc. r. ent, Bele. 1, 146

coelestiy Kerremans. 1890, Bull. Soc, ent. Belg. 1890, 48

crux Saunders 1868, J. Linn. Soc, 9, 473 ....... S.A. V

cupida Kerremans 1898, Annly Soc. ent. Belg. 42, 138° N.S.W,, Q,

cupreoflava Saunders 1869, Insect. Saund. 3, 10 . _W.A., S.A,

masnetica Carter 1933, Proc, Linn, Soc, N, SW, 58, 16h

cupricanda Saunders 1868, J. Linn, Soe. 9, 475 an NSW

cupricallis Saunders 1868, J. Linn, Sac. 9, 470 on NUS.W., O

alternozona Thomson 1878, Typ, Bupr. 54

deyrollei Thomson 1879, Bull. Soe. ent. Fr. 9, 125

julia Thomson 1879. Typ, Bupr, App. la, 41

chobauti Théry 1895, Bull. ent. Soe, Fr, 1895, 328

fairmairei Kerremans 1898, Annis Soe, ent. Bele. 42. 140

evanipes Saunders 1868, J. Linn. Sac. 9, 468... , W.AL SA.

marginicollis Saunders 1868, J. Linn. Sac. 9, 469

hifasciatella Obenberger 1922, Arch, Naturgesch. 1922, 88, 114

eydista Rainbow 1904, Rec. Aust. Mus. 5, 246. . . NS.W., Q.

mediana Deuquet 1963, Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.W. 88, 337

cylindracea Saunders 1868, J. Linn, Soe. 9, 476 W.A,

danest Obenberger 1933, Cay sl, Spal. entom. 30, 73 bh {}-

dawsonensis Blackburn 1890, Trans, R, Soe. 8, Aust, 13. 155 . 4 Q

decemmaculata (Kirby) 1818, Trans. Linn. See. 12, 456 WA, S.A, VV. NUSW,, ©.

tnaequalis Kerremansy 1902, Genera Inseet, (2, 207

picta maleeana Carter 1931, Aust. Zeal. 6, 340

ilecipiens (Westwood) 1837, Mag, Zeal, Bot, 1, 251 QD.

capucina Thomson 1856, Rev. Mag, Zaal, 8, 116

tricarinata MacLeay 1863, Trans. ent. Soc. N.S.W. 1,29

actocestata Carter 1916, Trans. R. Soc, S. Aust, 40, 130

delectabilis Hope 1847. Trans. ent, See, Lond, 4, 2R4 S.A. VAONS.W.

STIGMODERA (CASTIARINA) (COLEOPTERA:

delicatula Kerremans 1902, Genera Insect. ee

delta Thomson 1879, Typ, Bupr. App, la, 33

deceplor Kerremans 1902, Genera Insect, 12, 209°

deugueti Carter 1927, Proc, Linn. Soc, N.S.W. 52, 225. .

209 |

dimidiata Carter 1908, Proc. Linn. Soc, N.SW. 33,422...

leai Carter 1916, Trans, R. Soc, 8. Aust. 40, 136

dorsalis Obenberger 1922, Arch. Naturgesch, 1922, 88, 118

discoidea Carter 1931, Aust. Zool. 6, 343 ........ aed

dispar Blackburn 1892, Trans, R. Sac, 8, Aust. 15, 50

semnenovi Obenberger 1928, Arch, Naturgeseh. 1926, 92, 329

distincta Saunders 1868, J. Linn, Soc, 9, 473.

sternalis Blackburn 1892, Trans. R. Soc. 8, “Aust. 15, 47

baliola Kerremans 1898, Annis Soc. ent. Bele. 42, 144

deliciosa Kerremans 1898, Aanls Soc, ent, Bele, 42, 145

distinguenda Saunders 1869, Insect. Saund, 3,9... _-

differens Carter 1931, Aust. Zool, 6, 364

doddi Carter 1913, Proce, Linn. Soc. N.S.W. 37, 505

domina Carter 1931, Aust. Zool, 6, 344

dryadula Carter 1930, Proc, Linn, Soc. N.S.W. 55, 535

duaringae Carter 1929, Proe. Linn, Soc, N.S.W. 54, 68

elderi Blackburn 1892, Trans. R. Soc. S. Aust. 16, 36

diversa Kerremans 1900, Annls Soe, ent. Bele. 44, 317, -

elongata Saunders 1868, J. Linn. Sec. 9, 480.

equina Blackburn 1892, Trans. R. Soe. 8. Aust.

eremita Blackburn 1890, Trans. R, Soc. S, Aust, 13, 153 —,

erubescens Blackburn 1901, Trans, R. Sac. 8. Aust, 25, 23

horni Kerremans 1908, Di. ent. Z. 6, 64

animaculata Carter 1908, Proe, Linn. Soc. N.S,W, 33, 420

erythromelas (Boisduval) 1835, Voyage de l'Astrolobe, 75

longula Blackburn 1892, Trans. R. Soc. 8. Aust. 15, 54

cleerini Obenberger 1928, Arch, Naturgesch. 1926, 92. 331

eryihroptera (Boisduval) 1835, Voyage de l'Astrolobe, 88

nigroterminata Carter 1934, Proc, Linn, Soc. N.S.W. 59, 257

Jestiva Carter 1916, Trans, R. Soc, S. Shae 40, 138 |

filiformis Blackburn 1892, Trans, R, Soe, 8. Aust. 15, 217

protensa Obenberger 1928, Arch. Naturgesth, ie 92. 332

flava Saunders 1869, Insect. Saund, 3, 17

flavescens Masters 1886, Car, Coleap., 86

flava Thomson 1878, Typ. Bupr., 55

Havidula Kerremans 1890, Bull. Soc. ent, Belg, 1890, 47

flaviceps Carter 1913, Proc, Linn, Soc, N.S.W. 37, 504

flavepicta (Boisduval) 1835, Moyare de l'Astrolobe, 92

bicolor L & G 1837, Mon. Bupr. 2, 39

flavevaria Saunders 1871, Cat, Bupr. Syn, Sysr, 74

favopicta L & G 1837, Mon, Bupr, 2, 44

flavopurpurea Carter 1908, Proc. Linn. Soc, N.S.W. 33, 421

montigena Oke 1928, Proc. Linn. Sac. N.S.W. 53, 25

flavesiznata MacLeay 1863, Trans. ent. Soc. N.S.W. 1, 30

elreumflexa Obenberger 1922, Arch. Naturgesch. 1922,

flavaviridis Carter 1927, Proc. Linn, Soc, N.S.W. 52, 227

Nlindersi Carter 1922, Prac. Linn. Soc. N.S.W. 47,70.

Jossoria Carter 1927, Prac. Linn. Soc, N.S.W, 52, 226.

fulviventris MacLeay 1863, Trans. ent, Sac, N\S.W. 1, 22

ochreiventriy Saunders 1869, Insect. Saund. 3, 8

gultigera Blackburn 1901, Trans. R, Soe, 8, Aust, 25,24

mackayana Carter 1930, Proe, Linn, Soc. NSW. $5, 536

garrawillae Carter 1931, Aust. Zool. 6, 348

generosa Kerremans 1898, Annls, See. ent. Bele, 42, 150

gentilis Kerremans 1900, Annls Soe, ent, Bele, 44, 316

georgiana Barker 1979, Trans, R. Sac. 8. Auxt. 103, 7

pibbicallis Saunders 1868, J. Linn. Sec. 9, 470 ;

fascigera Kerremans 1890, Bull. Soe, ent, Rely, 1890, 42

15,48.

88, 121

SAW VT

BUPRESTIDAE)

V.

WA.

“Thurs: Isl.

v., T., NSW,

NS.W,, Q.

Q.

W.A.

W.A, SA, V,

W.A,

NS.W., Q,

N.S.W,

Q

NSW.

S.A.

Vv,

V,, NS.W., Q,

oo NS.W,

N.S.W., O.

N.S.W,

W.A.

Vv. NSW, 0.

1% 5S. BARKER

goerlingi Carter 1937, Trans, R, Soc, 8, Aust, 61, 125

gracilior Carter 1915, Proc, Lina, Soc. N.S.W. 40, 82.

gracilis Carter 1913, Proc, Linn, Sac, N.S,W, 37, 508

grata Saunders 1869, Insect. Saund. 3, 11.

guttata Blackburn 1890, Trans, R. Soc, S, Aust, 13, 158

eutaticallis Blackburn 1890, Trans. R. Sec, S, Aust. 13, 157

consularis Kerremans 1898, Arls Soc. ent. Belr. 42, 149

eulti/era Obenberger 1922, Arch. Naturgesch, 1922, 88, 12)

harrisoni Carter 1925, Proc, Linn. Soc. N.S.W. 50,230 |...

herslettae Deuquet 1957, Proc. Linn. Soc, NS.W. 82, 190,

fiaswelli Carter 1916, Trans. R, Soc. §. Aust. 40, 128

helmsi Carter 1906, Proc, Linn, Soc, N.SW, 31, 259

liilaris Hope 1846, Trans, ent. Soc, Lond. 4, 213 ..

hirundicauda Carter 1916, Trans, R. Soe, 8S. Aust. 40, 137 .

hoblerae Carter 1922, Proc, Linn, Soc, N.S.W, 47, 70

mastersi MacLeay 1872, Trans, ent. Soe. N.S.W. 2, 245

hoff/manseegi Hope 1846, Trans, ent, Soc, Lond, 4, 211

humilis Deuquet 1947, Proe. Linn. Suc. N.S.W. 72, 201

ienea Blackburn 1892, Trans, R. Soe. §, one 15, 219

ignata Saunders 1869, Insect, Saune. 3, agen

imitator Carter 1930, Proce. Linn, Soe. NSH 55, 130

immaeculata Carter 1915, Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.W. 40, 61

impressicolliy MacLeay 1863, Tranny. ent, Soc. NSW. 1, 42

invornspleua Saunders 1868, J. Linn, Soc, 9, 476...

indistincia Saunders 1869, Insect. Sanne. 3, 11

inermis Kerremans 1890, Bull, Soc. erit. Belg. 1890, 45

nova Kerremans 1902, Genera Insect, 12, 208

insculpta Carter 1934, Proc. Linn. Soe, N.S,W., 59, 255

insignicollis Blackburn 1900, Trans. R. Soc, 8. Aust, 24, 45 .

insieniy Blackburn 1892, Trans. R. Soc, 8S, Aust, \5, 217

ceaudata Kerremans 1900, Annis Soc. ent. Bely. 44, 316

insularis Blackburn 1897, Trans. R. Soc. S, Aust, 21, 30

intacia Carter 1930, Proc. Linn, Soc, N.S,W. 55, 181

interstitialis Carter 1931, Aust. Zool. 6, 345

jekelli Saunders 1868, J. Linn. Sec. 9, 467...

jospilota L & G 1837, Mon. Bupr. 2, 35

lacerta Obenberger 1933, Cas &sl, Spol. ent, 30, 109

jubata Blackburn 1890, Trans, R. Soe, §, Aust. 13, 150

tasmani Obenberger 1928, Arch, Narurgeseh, 1926, 92, 328

pratensis Carter 1934, Proce. Linn, Soc, N.S.W, 59, 255

jucunda Saunders 1868, J, Linn. Sac, 9, 481,

observans Kerremans (898. Aruly Soc, ent. Bele. 42, (39

kerremansi Blackburn 1890, Trans, KR. Soe, 8. Aust, 13, 147

apicalis Kerremans 1890, Bull. Soc. ent, Belg. 1890, aS

kershawi Carter 1924, Proc. Linn, Soc, NSW. 49, 522

kirhyi (Guerin) 1830, Voyage Coquille, 65 '

tacita Kerremans 1898, Annals. Soc, ent, Belg. a2, 153

klavi L & G 1837, Mon. Bupr, 2, 27

laena Thomson 1879, Typ. Bupr. App. la, 36

electa Kerremans 1898, 4rinly Soe, ent. Bele, 42, 154

verna Carter 1937, Trans. R. Soc. S. Aust, 61, 126

Kaszabi Pochon 1967, Annls hist.-nat. Mus. Natn. hung. 59, 280

laevinotata Carter 1934, Pree, Linn. Soe. N.S,W’, 59, 254

latipes Curter 1924, Proc, Linn, Soe. N.S.W. 49, 21

lepida Carter 1916, Trans. R, Sac. 8. Aust, 40, 129

lilipatana Thomson 1857, Arch, Ent, 1, 114.

masters’ (Macleay) 1872, Trans. ent. Soc. N, SW. 2, 241

ocularis Kerremans 1898, Annis Soc. ent. Bely. 42, 155

lonyicallis Saunders 1869, davect. Suund, 3, 21.

desideria Carter 1916, Trans, R. Soe. 8S. Aust. 40, 122

hicelorella Obenberger 1928, Arch. Naiurgesch. 1926, 92, 329

prolangata Carter 1935, Proc, Linn, Soc. N.S.W, 60, 179

Navoceerdlea Carter 1938, Rec, Aust. Mus, 20, 234

=

Zz

PRLEOCEC OFO O>

S.A, V., N.S.W,,

ae

we

>

<

a

Zz

22%

ui

Por 6

=:

f>H > 820>06

“us

a 22<043

STIGMODERA (CASTIARINA) (COLEOPTERA: BUPRESTIDAE} 19

loariae Kerremans 1896, Annali Mus. civ. Stor. nat. Giacomo Doria 36, 358

luteipennis Gory 1841, Mon. Bupr, 4, supp., 130 _-

luteooincta Saunders 1868, J. Linn, Sac. 9,478 0.

macleayi Blackburn 1892, Trans. R. Soc. 8. Aust. 15, 48

macrillant Barker 1979, "Frans. R. Soc. S. Aust. 103, &.

maculicollis Carter 1916, Trans. R. Soc, S, Aust. 40, 127

maculifer Kerremans 1902, Genera Insect. 12, 208

maculipennis Saunders 1868, J. Linn, Soc. 9, 480

maxnificollis Barker 1979, Trans, R. Soe. S. Aust. 103,

magnifica Blackburn 1896, Trans. R. Soc. &. Aust. a 35

mansueta Kerremans 1898, Annly Soc. ent. Belg. 42, 155

media Hope 1847, Trans, ent. Soc, Loni. 4, 284

meeki Thery 1937, Bull. Soc. ent. Fr. 42, 20.

metallica Barker 1979, Trans, R. Soc. §. Aust. 103, oe

militaris Carter 1922, Proe. Linn. Soe. N.S.W. 47,71.

minuta Blackburn 1892, Trans. R, Soc, §. Aust. 15, 44

morthunda Saunders 1869, /nsect. Saund. 3,18 |.

rotundata Saunders 1869, Insect. Saund. 3, 19

ehorica Carter 1934, Proe. Linn. Soc. N.S.W. 59,253

mtustelamajor Thomson (857, 4Arclt. Ent. 1, 115

gibbesa MacLeay 1863, Trans. ent. Soc, NSW, |, 26

erasma Carter 1935, Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.W, 60, 180

nanula Kerremans 1890, Bull. Sac. ent. Belg. 1890, 48

nasuta Saunders 1869, Insect. Saund, 3, 15

fossithorax Obenberger 1928, Arcti. Naturgesch, 1926, 92, 329

neglecta Carter 1916, Trans, R. Soc. S. Aust. 40, 123 |.

nigriceps Barker 1979, Trans. R. Soe, S. Aust, 103, 4

nivriventriy Macleay 1863, Trans. ent. Soc. NuSW. 1, 27

vbliqua Kerremans 1902, Genera Insect. 12, 209

astridae Deuquet 1938, Proc. Linn. Soc, N.S.W. 63, 307

oblita Carter 1931, Aust. Zool. 6,347,

obscura Saunders 1869, nseet. Saud. 3,26.

obyepta Ketremans 1890, Bull. Soc. ent. Belg, 1890, 44

occidentalis Barker 1979, Trans, R. Soc. §, Aust. 103, 9

ecellivera Gory 1841, Aten. Bupr. 4, 133... ;

vetomaculata Saunders 1868, J. Linn, Soc, 9, 472.

octosignata Carter 1919, Proc. Linn, Soc. N.S.W. 44, 139

octospilota L. & G 1837, Mon. Bupr. 2, 28

femarata L & G 1837, Mon, Bupr. 2, 37

opacipennis Obenberger 1922, Arch, Naturgesch, 1922, 88, 116...

ornata Blackburn 1892, Trans. R, Soc. 8. Aust. 18, 53

ovata Barker 1979, Trans. R. Soc. §. Aust. 103,10 |

palagera Carter 1937, Trans, R. Soc. §. Aust. 61, 125

pallas Blackburn 1901, Trans. R, Soc. §. Aust. 25, 22 ...

pallidipennis Blackburn 1890, Trans. R. Soe. S. Aust, 13, 154 ei

pallidiventris L & G 1837, Man. Bupr. 2, 42... ..

rustica Kerremans 1898, Anals. Soc. ent, Belg. 42, 154

vilvarnt Obenberger 1928, Arch. Naturgesch. 1926, 92, 333

parallela White 1859, Prac. Zoal. Soc. Lond. 27, 119

élongatula MacLeay 1872, Trans. ent. Soc, N.S.W 2, 246

parallelipennis Obenberger 1934, Coleop. Cat. 12, 725

purallela Saunders 1869, Insect... Saund. 3, 16

perlonga Carter 1931, Aust, Zool. 6, 343

pertyi L. & G 1837, Man. Bupr. 2, 23

mimus Saunders 1868, J. Linn. Soc. 9. 479

phaeorhaea (Kirby) 1818, Trans. Linn. Sac, 12, 456...

picta L & G 1837. Mon, Bupr. 2,46 0 n,

purpurea Hope 1846, Trans. ent. Soc. Land. 4, 213

laetabilis Kerremans 1898, Annis Soc, ent. Bely, 42, 153

pictipennis Saunders 1868, J, Linn. Soe. 9,474)...

piliventriy Saunders 1868, J. Linn. Sac. 9, a

placida Vhomson 1879, Typ, Bupr, App. Vay 3

NT. O., New Guines

., V., NSW,

W.A. SAG Va NSLW,, Q.

N.8.W., Q.

V.. NS.W,, Q.

. NSW.

N.T., Q.

NS. W.

. Thurs, Ist,

W.A.. S.A., V,

. WLA. S.A, VY.

W.A., S.A, Vo, NS.W,, Q.

WAL, S.A. Vy NSW.

S.A, V., NSW.

N.S.W.. Q.

W.A,, ©.

WA.

vee edt tel AA

W.A,, S.A. V.

W.A.

20 8S, BARKER

planata Carter 1916, Trans. R. Soc, S, Aust, AQ, 133

auricollis Thomson 1857, Arch. Ent. 1, 114

planipes Barker 1979, Trans. R. Soc. S, Aust, 103, 3.

practermissa Carter 1921, Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.W, 46, 306

producta Saunders 1868, J. Linn. Soc. 9, 482... ...

acutipennis Thomson 1879, Typ, Bupr. App. 1a, 33

sulcicollis Kerremans 1902, Genera Insect. 12, 209

propinqua Carter 1916, Trans, R, Soc, S, Aust, 40, 124

pulchella Carter 1916, Trans. R. Sac. 8. Aust. 40, 135

pulehra Saunders 1869, Inseer. Saund, 3, 22...

pulehripes Blackburn 1897, Trans, R. Soe, 8. Aust, 21, 31

punctatissima Saunders 1869, Insect. Saund. 3, 24 -

punctatosulcata Saunders 1869, Insect. Saund, 3, 24 7

litiviosa Kerremans 1890, Bull. Soc. ent. Belg. 1890, 45

punctiventris Saunders 1869, Insect. Saund, 3,17.

pisciformis Carter 1916, Trans. R. Sac. S. Aust. 40, 125

quadrifasciata Saunders 1868, J. Linn, Soc, 9, 477 . ’

quadrifoveolata Obenberger 1933, Cas &sl. Spal. ent, 30, 69

quadriguiiata MacLeay 1863, Trans. ent. Sac. NSW. 1, 28 .

sentellaris Kerremans 1900, Annis Soc, ent. Belg. 44, 316

quadriplagiata Carter 1930, Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.W. 55, 353.

quinquepunctata Waterhouse 1874, Trans, R, ent, Soc. Lond. 1874, S541

radians Carter 1933, Proc. Linn. Soc. ok 58, 160 . anal

recta Saunders 1869, Jnsect. Saund. 3, 2

dilatata Carter 1927, Proc, Linn, re N,S.W, 52, 226

dilaticollis Carter 1929, Aust, Zool. 5, 294

recti/asciata Saunders 1868, J, Linn, Soc, 9, 472

richardst Barker 1979, Trans, R. Soc. S. Aust. 103, 6

robusta Saunders 1869, Insect. Saund, 3, 6

rallei Kerremans 1908, Dr, ent, Z, 6, 63 (Pein

hackeri Carter 1913, Proc. Linn. Soc, N.S,W. 37, 484

caudata Carter 1908, Proce, Linn, Soe, NSW. 33, 418

rastralis Carter 1917, Proc, Linn. Soc, N.S.W’, 42, 718

rostrata Thomson 1879, Typ, Bupr. App. la, 36

rubella Carter 1931, Aust. Zool, 6, 345

rubicunda Carter 1931, Aust. Zael. 6, 346 0.0.00... isa

rubriventris Blackburn 1900, Trans, R, Soe. S. Anst. 24, 46

inusitata Carter 1933, Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.W, 58, 160

rajipennis (Kirby) 1818, Trans. Linn, Soc, 12, 456,

crocipennis L & G 1837, Mon. Bupr. 2,21

crocipennis Hope 1846, Trans. ent. Soc, Lond. 1846, 292

rufipes MacLeay 1863, Trans, ent. Soc. N.S.W. 1,23.

stigmaticollis Obenberger 1928, Arch, Naturgesch. 1926, 92, 334

rafelimbata Carter 1916, Trans. R. Soc. S. Aust. 40, 120

ratila Deuquet 1947, Proc, Linn. Soc, N.S.W. 72, 200

sayittaria L & G 1837, Mon, Bupr, 2, 31

hopet Saunders 1868, Trans, R. ent, Soc. Lond. 1868, 39

hostilis Blackburn 1892, Trans, R. Soc, S. Aust, 15, 46

saneta Carter 1913, Proc, Lian. Soc, N.S,W, 37, 501

sanguinolenta L & G, Mon, Bupr. 2,45 ....,,

sealaris (Boisduval) 1835, Voyage de l'Astrolobe, 89 i

eyanicallis (Boisduval) 1835, Voyage de I'Astrolobe, 91

erucigera L & G 1837, Mon, Bupr,.2, 40

viridis L & G 1837, Mon. Bupr. 2, 46

crucigera Hope 1838, Col. Man. 2, 162

prudens Kerremans 1898, Annis, Soc, ent. Bele. 42, 142

suovis Kerremans 1902, Genera Insect. 12, 210

crucioides Obenberger 1922, Arch, Naturgesel, 1922. 88, 118

yemicincta L. & G 1837, Moan, Bupr, 2, 19

seminigra Carter 1913, Prac. Linn. Soc, N.S.W. 37, 500

semisuturalis Saunders 1868, J. Linn. Soe, 9, 468

speciosa Kerremans 1898, Annis Soc. ent, Bele, 42. 137

W.A

N.S.W., Q

V., N.S.W

NS.W., 9

SA,

. Q.

W.A.

V.. N.S.W

N.S.W

store V., N.S.W., Q

_W.A,, S.A., V., N.S.W.

W.A,, S.A, N.T.

W.A,

W.A,

0.

0.

W.A,

W.A., S.A., V.. N.S.W., Q,

W.A., S.A,

oo WAAL

Vv, NS.W,, O.

V., N.B.W.

S.A, V¥, NSW, Q.

STIGMODERA (CASTIARINA) (COLEOPTERA: BUPRESTIDAE) 21

septemeutiata Waterhouse 1874, Trans. R. ent. Soc. Lond. 1874, 540 00 a. SA NSW, OQ.

tyrrhena Blackburn 1903, Trans. R. Soc. S. Aust. 27, 306

Neptenimotata Carter 1916, Trans. R. Soc. S. Aust. 40, 86. a eben etn ottdeatnegbg ht SLA,

septemmaculata Blackburn 1892, Trans, R. Soc. 8S. Aust. 15, 45

seplenspilola Carter 1913, Pree. Linn, Sac. N.S.W. 37, 503, esacactinascitay ete te Bre alin W,A,

serratipennis Carter 1916, Trans. R. Soc. S. Aust. 40, 127 . _ con WLA,

sexcovala Deuquet 1938, Proc. Linn. Soc, N.S,W. 63, 306 ; : . . NSW

sexguttata MacLeay 1863, Trans. ent. Soc, N.S.W. 1, 29 - : . V., N.S.W., Q,

puella Saunders 1869, Insect Saund., 3, 25

carteri Obenberget 1922, Arch. Naturgesch. 1922, 88, 123

sexnotata Carter 1916, Trans. R. Soe. §. Aust. 40, 131 oo WA,

sexplagiata Gory 1841, Man. Bupr. supp. 4, 132 S.A. V., SSW. 0

playiata Gory 1841, Mon. Bupr. 4, err, add.

crenata L.& G 1837, Mon. Bupr. 2, 39

hopei Boheman 1858, Eugenies Resa Zoologi 1, 61

sinilata Boheman 1858, Eugenies Resa Zoologi 1, 62

kreffti MacLeay 1872, Trans, ent. Soc. N.S.W. 2,245

varlata Kerremans 1902, Genera Insect. 12, 209

yexualiy Carter 1929, Proc. Linn, Soc. N.S.W. 54, 69 Hetirhati es ().

signata Kerremans 1902, Genera Fugen 12, 210 Vv, NSW,

simiulata L & G 1837, Mon. Bupr.2, 26. , W.A,, S.A, V

perplexa Hope 1846, Trans. ent. "Soc. Lond, 4,211

helenae (Hope) 1846, Trans. ent. Sac. Lond. 4, 215

lanuginosa (Hope) 1846, Trans. ent. Soc. Lond. 4,215

friramosa Thomson 1879, Typ. Bupr. App. la, 32

lais Thomson 1879, Typ. Bupr. App. Va, 33

phryne Thomson 1879, Typ, Bupr. App., la, 33

fraterna Kerremans 1890, Bull, Soc, ent. Belg, (890, 46

distinguenda Thomson 1879, Typ. Bupr. App. la, 34

ravilla Obenberger 1922, Arch, Naturgeseh. 1922, 88, 117

acniangula Obenberger 1928, Arel, Naturgesch, 1926, 92, 333

yorkeasis Obenberger 1928, Areh, Naturvesch. 1926, 92, 335

skuset Blackburn 1892, Trans, R. Soc. 8. Aust, 15, 46 ; N.S.W., Q.

spectabiliy Kerremans 1900, Annls Soe. ent, Bele, 44, 315 N.S.W,

spilota L & Ci 1837, Mon. Bupr. 2, 24 ae NSW

seplenunaculate (Mannerheim) 1837, Bull. Soc. imp. nat, Moscow &, 98

diana Obenberger 1922, Arch. Naturgescl. 1922, 88, 120

spinalue Gory 1841, Mon, Bupr. 4, supp., 129 nee Vv. NSW. O

vraminva MacLeay 1863, Trans, ent. Soc. NSW 1, 25 Q

bimaculata Saunders 1868, J. Linn, Soc, 9, 4814

cara Blackburn 1892, Trans, R. Soe. S, Aust, 15,216

placens Kerremans 1898, anly Soc. ent. Bely, 42, 143

addenda Kerremans 1898, dnnls Soe. eit, Bele. 42, 149

jehannae Théry 1911, Mém, Soe. r. ent, Rely. 18, 55

strigata MacLeay 1863, Trans. ent, Soc, NSW. 1, 27 0.

subacuticeps Barker 1979, Trans, R. Soc, 8. Aust. 103, 7 WA,

sanbbifasciaia Saunders 1868, J. Linn, Sec. 9,479 WA

suhgrata Blackburn 1900, Trans. &, Soo, So Aust. 26, rn (>.

campestris Kerremans 1898, Annis Soc. ent, Belg. 42, 149

subpura Blackburn 1903, Trans. R, Soc, S. Aust. 27, 307 NSW,

subtincta Carter 1933, Proc, Linn. Soc, N.S.W. 5%, 159 WoA.

sahnotata Carter 1933, Proe. Linn. Soc. N.S.W. 58, 159

subtrifasciata L & G 1837, Mon. Bupr, 2, 41 W.A,, SAW VY. NSW.

rubrocincta Gehin 1855, Bull, Soe. ist, neat. Me tz 7, «3

salfured Deuquet 1938, Proc. Linn. Soc. N.SW. 63, 308 NLS.W,

vattonté Carter 1932, Proe. Linn, Soc. NVS.W. 57. 104 oO.

terminalis Kerremans 1890, Bull. Soc, ent. Bele, 1890, 45 NUSW.

textacea Saunders 1869, fnseet Saund, 3, 14 Vv. NSW

thomyoni Saunders 1868, J. Linn. Suc. 9, 477 Vv.) eS

dulcis Blackburn 1900, Trans. R. See, S, Aust, 26, 4)

calorata Kerremans 1898, Analy Soe. ent. Bely, 42, 141

22 S. BARKER

lincticauda Carter 1916, Trans. R, Soc. S. Aust. 40,136 02, cs Ser Te W.A,

titania Carter 1916, Trans. R. Soc. S. Aust. 40,134 . - eer y ren text! cei: seaeet: enait NSW., Q.

transversepicia Thomson 1879, Typ, Bupr. App. 1a, 35 ers Wess awa «EG W. A.

tricolor (Kirby) 1818, Trans, Linn. Soc. 12,455 — 0 ee “tas tal NSW.

curta Saunders 1868, J. Linn. Soe. 9, 467

opima Kerremans 1902, Genera Insect. 12, 207

trifasciata L & G 1837, Mon. Bupr. 2,38 -. — ~~ de ES bok Heeb baer became cerieeoeiorert wien ack he Ais

apicalis L. & G 1837, Mon. Bupr. 2, 43

gravis Harold 1869, Col. Heft. 5, 124

obscuripennis Saunders 1868, J, Linn, Soc. 9, 475

bucolica Kerremans 1898, Annis Soc. ent. Belg. 42, 152

ecebhardti Obenberger 1928, Arch. Naturgesch. 1926, 92, 332

triypiculis Carter 1931, Aust, Zool. 6,340... rm AT er Te _. N.S.W.. Q.

tropica Carter 1922, Proc, Litin. Soc. N.S.W. 47, 72 ese? af 2:

undulata (Donovan) 1805, Epitome Natural History Insects New Holland pl. 7, fig. 5. V., N.S.W.

luportei Boheman 1858, Eugenies Resa Zoologi 1, 61

uptoni Barker 1979, Travs, R. Soc, S. Aust. 103, 13. Thetht a ee NT.

vallisi Deuquet 1964, Proc. Linn. Soc. NSW. 89, 128 at docealdehit ob PEE a

variopicta Thomson 1878, Typ. Bupr., 54. MOMMA its slat ecb Peer Perera Vtg DAS AS

venusta Carter 1914, Prac, Linn, Soc. NSW. 39, 84 s eSsfes nie turtanervaertoertanshairiesye- - — - - OQ

suavis Carter 1913, Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.W. 37, 507

modesia Obenberger 1922, Arch. Naturgesch. 1922, 88, 122

verdiceps Barker 1979, Trans. R. Sat, Scans TO3, Bae is ae ce tact = best ete ome . W.A,

versicolor L & G 1837, Mon. Bupr. 2,42... PTir AEs o CURIS Par nas oreo eh WA.

decemguttata Gory 1841, Mon. Bupr. 4, 132

parva Saunders 1869, Insect. Saund. 3,

strand? (Obenberger) 1920, Ent. Mitt. ot 165

subversicalor Carter 1925, Proc. Linn, Soc. N.S.W, 50, 231

vicina Saunders 1868, Trans, R. ent. Soc. Lond. 1868. 43 0000000. 0. 2-22-22... V., N.SSW.

bicincia L & G 1837, Mon. Bupr. 2, 31

vietoriensis Blackburn 1890, Trans. R. Soe. 8. Aust. 13, 182.0, ae en

sensiliva Kerremans 1898, Annis Soc: ent. Belg. 42, 148

humeralis Kerremans 1902, Genera Insect. 12, 207

tillyardi Carter 1913, Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.W. 37, 502

vigilans Kerremans 1898, Annals Soc. ent, Belg. 42, 143, 2 2 Layette rap ee “Vb NS

violacea MacLeay 1863, Trans. ent. Soc, N.SW. 1,23... Cte . NSW. QL

obliquefoxciata Obenberger 1922, Arch, Naturgesch, 1922, 88, Ws

violatra Deuquet 1956, Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.W. 81, 156 2 i ves Q,

virginea Erichson 1842, Arch. Naturgesch, 8, 135 see sldal ete lea alle ee vbleere ue : _T.

viridiventriy MacLeay 1863, Trans. ent. Soc. N.S.W. 1, 27. S52 cip: FrievectieeeMaccncic1 ceo Zoe

triguttata Macleay 1863, Trans. ent. Soc. N.S.W, 1,28

subcostata Kerremans 1900, Analy Sac. ent, Belg. 44, 317

vittata Saunders 1868, J. Linn. Sov. 9,478 — 0... Oieeodb aca eelev al bt . W.A,, S.A. V-

vulearis Carter 1931, Aust. Zool, 6, 347 | ; ta) DT hiilemitrrerowcdcn m0 ; W.A.

watford’ Barker 1979, Trans, R. Soc, S. Aust. 103, ia Pesciicias soled tlailevaatsdeeleace say. Q.

wilsoni Saunders 1868, J. Linn. Soc, 9, 476 ' 5. OR Criveererirenwaureccors Yop Ene IN-SEW,

sigma Kerremans 1890, Bull, Sec, ent, Belg, 1890, 43

septentrionis Obenberger 1922, Arch. Naturgesch, 1922, 88, 116

xanthopilosa Hope 1847, Trans. ent. Soc. Land. 4,283 © enone SAL WNW,

splendida Gehin 1855, Bull. Soc. Hist. nat, Metz 7, 64

zecki Deuquet 1959, Prac. Linn. Soc, N.S.W. 84, 129 .. st ltoeibve = ey

Emendation of a name in the genus Astragus vertantly used an inappropriate termination

L & G (Coleoptera: Buprestidae) for a new species name. I now emend this

In my second paper on the genus Astraeus name A. crockeri Barker, to A. crockerae

(Trans, R, Soc. S. Aust. 101: 13-14) T inad- — Barker.

SHGOMODE RA (CASTIARINA) (COLEOPTERA: BUPRESTIDAEF) 23

Acknowledgments

I wish to thank the following people for ussist-

ance: Mr G, Gross, Dr FP. Mathews, Dros, J,

Edmonds and Dr J. J. 0. Szent-Ivany, South Aus-

Tralain Museum: Dr EB. B. Britton, Dr J. Lawrence

aml Mr oT. Weir, Division of Entomology,

CS.LRO Mr K. Dahms, Queensland Museum:

Dr A. Neboiss and Mr A, A. Calder, National

Museum of Victoria; Mr G. Holloway, Australian

Museum, Sydney: Miss A. Green, ‘Tasmanian

Museum & Art Gallery Hobart; Mr Ry Cireen

Queen Victoria Museum & Art Gallery, Launces-

ton, Dr b, Koch, Western Australian Museum:

Mr R. 2, Pope and Mr R. TT. ‘Thompson, British

Museum (Natural History): Monsieur A, Deseur-

pentries, Museum National WHistoire, Paris; Dr

A. Cobos, Instilulo de Aclimaticion, Almeria,

Spun; Dr R. Poxvi, Museo Civico di Storia

Naturile, Geneva, Haly,y De M, WLR, de Vv

Graham und Me J. isovuy, Hope Department of

Zoolopy (Entamolory), Unversity of Oxford, Di

T. Nyholm, Naturhistorisku Kiksmusect, Stack-

holm; Dr J, Jelinek, National Musenam of Prague:

Dr GA, Samuelson, Bernice P, Bishop Museum,

Hovolult; Dr Z Kaiszab, Hungarian Natural His.

tory Museum, Budapest; Mr A. Allwood, Depart

ment of Primary Industry. Durwins Mr K. 7.

Richards, W,A, Department of Agriculture; Mt

E. BE. Adams, Edungalba; Mrs J, Marsletl, Amiens:

Dr F. H. Uther Baker, Applecross; Mr and Mrs

J. Arnold, Wiilki: Mr G. Burns, Mordinglon: Mrs.

A. BE. Crocker and family, Balladonia Stuy Mr

R, PP, MeMillan, Cottesloe, Mr and Mrs k.

Carnaby, Wilea; Mr K, Haleley, Kiata; Met) J,

Huwkeswood, Armidale; Mr ©, G. |, Gooding,

Warragul: Mr J, Macqueen, Poowoormba; Mr A,

Walford-Huggins, Cains; Mr J. A. G. Brooks,

Cairns: Mr R. 1. Storey, Mareeba; Dr E. Wol

laston, Miss R. Alimann, Miss J.T. Mortlock, Mr

P. Christy and Mr R. W. Inns, all of the University

of Adelnide; | particularly want to thank Miss

C. M. H. von Hayek of the British Museum

(Natural History) for advice and tor invaluahle

assistance with literature searches and type speci-

mens; National Parks Board of Western Australia,

for permission to collect jn Flora Reserves; The

Director, National Parks & Wildlife Service,

South Australia, for permission to collect in

National Parks: The Director, National Parks &

Wildlife Service of New South Wales for permis-

sion to collect in the Warrumbungles National

Park; The Australian Biological Resources Com

mittee provided a yrant-in-aid of research,

Referenees

BLACKBURN, [, (1896) Further notes On Austra-

lin Coleoptera, with descriptions of new

Genera and species. Tranny. R. Soc. 8S, Aust.

2, 346049,

Buiyrom, BE. B. (1970) Coleoptera, In “Insects of

Austeatia’, Ch 30. (Melbourne University

Press).

Carver, H. J. (1916) Revision of the genus Stig-

todera, and descriptions of some new species

of Buprestidae (Order Coleoptera), Tran &

Soc, S. Auxt. 40, 78-1 d4.

CARTER, H. J. (1922) Australian Coleoptera,

noles and new species no. ii, Pree, Linn, Sax

NSW 47, 65-82.

Camron, HW, 7.-01929) A check list of the Austra-

lian Buprestidae Arr Zool, 5, 265-304,

Catrea, HI. (193ta) Check list of the Australian

Buprestidue. Corrigenda. aust. Zool. & 107

Carmen, Ho J, (193tb) Notes on the genus Stlema-

dera (amily Buprestidie). Together with

descriptions af new species of und a retabula-

tion of the subgenus Castiurine. Aust Zadl,

6, 337-367.

Dosovas, EL (iB0S) “An epttome of the natural

history of the Insects of New Holland, New

fealaod, Oluheite, and other islands in’ the

Indian, Southern, and Pacific Oceans: ete."

London, F. Donovan, F.C and J. Rivington,

Escusenontz, J. 1. you (1829) “Zoologischer

Atlas, enthaltend Abbirdungen ond Besehrei-

bungen neuer Theirarten, wahrend des Flott-

cupiliios Von Kotzebue Zweiter Reise um die

well in 1823-26 beobuchtel von F. Esch-

seholta”, Berlin 1829-33.

LOZN, (1948) Ball, Zvol. Nomen 4, 371,

LaPorte, F. Lo & Gory, H. (1837) “Histoire

naturelle et Iconographie des Insectes Coleap-

leies, Tome I. Suite aux Buprestides™ (P-

Dumenil, Paris.)

MacLiay, W. (1872) Notes on a collection uf tne

sects from Gayndal Trans ent. Soe. NAM.

2, 239-318,

Openpencir, | (1955) Sur fes Muprestides de

lAustralic, déerits en 1836 par Rev. Po W.

Hope, Shen, Odd. Near, Mus, Praze 30, 129-

144. Pl T-13,

SovierR, M, (1834) Essai sur Jes Buprestides

Anny, Soe. ont, Fr, W833, 261-320,

Trey, A, (1937) Stigmodera nouveaux. Bull. Soo,

ent, Fr, 42, 20-24,

PHOMSON, J. CI857) “Archives. Entomologiques”

1, 109-127, Paris

STRATIGRAPHY AND DEPOSITIONAL ENVIRONMENTS OF THE

MUNDALLIO SUBGROUP (NEW NAME) IN THE LATE PRECAMBRIAN

BURRA GROUP OF THE MT LOFTY AND FLINDERS RANGES

BY ROBIN K. UPPILL

Summary

Three new formations, the Nathaltee Formation, the Nankabunyana Formation and the Yadlamalka

Formation are proposed for the stratigraphic interval previously referred to as the Skillogalee

Dolomite in the southern and northern Flinders Ranges, South Australia. These proposed formations

and the existing formations referring to this stratigraphic interval in the Mt Lofty Ranges, comprise

the Mundallio Subgroup.

STRATIGRAPHY AND DEPOSITIONAL ENVIRONMENTS OF THE MUNDALLIO

SUBGROUP (NEW NAME) IN THE LATE PRECAMBRIAN BURRA GROUP OF

THE MT LOFTY AND FLINDERS RANGES

by Robin K, Urrit.®

Summary

Upriin, Rosin K. (1979) Stratigraphy and depositional environments of the Mundallio Sub-

group (new pame) in the late Precambrian Burra Group of the Mt Lofty and Flinders

Ranves. Trans. R. Soc. §, Aust. 103(2), 25-43, 28 Pebruary, 1979,

Three new formations, the Nathaltee Formation, the Nankabunyana Formation and the

Yadlamaltka Formation are proposed for the sifatigraphic interval previously referred to as the

Skillogalee Dolomite in the southern and northern Flinders Ranges, South Australia, These

proposed formations and the existing formations referring to this stratigraphic interval in the

M) Lofty Ranges, comprise the Mundallio Subgroup,

The lower part of the Mundallio Subgroup has variable facies across the Adelaide CGeo-

syneline from clastic to carbonate dominated, However the development of a shallow basin

With similar Water depths over wide areas, resulted in the widespread deposition. of dolomite

in the upper part of the subgroup, while magnesite deposition occurred in marginal and

restricted areas, Numerous sandstone interbeds were deposited adjacent lo major source areas,

Introduction

The Burra Group in South Australia is a

major sedimentary cycle beginuing with a basal

sequence dominated by terrigenous clustics,

and may unconformably overlie basement or

older sedimentary sequences of the Callana

Beds. This dominantly clastic sequence 1 over-

lain by a mixed carbonate-clastic sequence

characterized by the presence of magnesite,

particularly in the upper part, This latter

sequence has been investigated by Howchin

(1915), Mawson (1941. 1947), Forbes (1960,

196]) and Preiss (1973). The remainder of

the Burra Group is a dominantly clastic

sequence With Variable development of dolo-

mite. Within the Adelaide Geosyneline, the

Burra Group has an extremely widespread dis-

tribution, from the southern Mt Lofly Ranges

to the Peake and Denison Ranges. 750 km

northwest of Adelaide.

The sedimentary sequence characterized by

magnesite has almost as widespread a distribu-

tion as the Burra Group itself. The Skillogalee

Dolomite was proposed by Wilson (1952) to

refer to this interval in’ the Riverton-Clare

region, and this nomenclature was followed by

Mirams & Forbes (1964), Subsequently the

term Skillogalee Dolomite has been used in

other areas in Which this sequence occurs with

the exeeption of the Adelaide region (Forbes

1971), The Castambul Dolomite and Monla-

cute Dolomite were proposed for this sequence

in the Adelaide region (Mawson & Sprigg

1950). In some areas the Skillogalee Dolomite

has been subdivided into two unnamed mem-

hers (Coats ef ul, 1969), The correlation of

sequences in other areas with the lype section

of the Skillogalee Dolomite has been based on

the presence of dark grey dolomite, and mag

hesite, However detailed work still in progress

by the author, indicates sufficient mappable

lithological differences within the interval

referred to as the Skillogulee Dolomite, to war-

rant the introduction of additional stratigraphic

nomenclature. Murrell (1977)! discusses an

unpublished nomenclature for this interval in

the Willouran Ranges, and correlation of this

* Department of Geology & Mineralogy, Universiiy of Adelaide, North Tce. Adelaide. S. Aust. S000,

' Murrel, B. (1977) Stratigruphy and tectonics across the Torrens Hinge Zone between Andamovka and

Marree. Unpubl. Ph.D. thesis. Univ. of Adelaide.

26 ROBIN K. UPPILL

TABLE |,

Existing wid proposed eamenclature within the Mundallio Subgraup,

Southern Flinders

Mt Lofty Ranges Ranges Northern Flinders Ranges

fst Woolshed Flat Shale

5 bad Yielamalka! Yadlamalka? Mirra*

35 = Montacute Formation Formation Formation

coed Dolomite

Op Skillogalec Tilterana*

rs = Delomite Nathaltee? Nankabunyana* Sandstone

=A = Castambul Forttation Formation Camel Flat™

* Formation Shale

+ Names proposed in this paper,

* Unpublished names, Murrell (1977),

area with the remainder of the Adtlaide Geo-

syncline will be discussed below.

Basis for revision

The sedimentary sequence deposited after

ihe Aldvate Sandstone and its equivalents, and

coding with the cessation of magnesite deposi-

tion, represents a very shallow water phase of

sedimentation, encompassing smaller scale

transzressive-regressive cycles. Sedimentation

was characterized by a specific basin chemistry,

with dolomite as the prevailing carbonate

throughout the basin, while magnesite was pre-

cipitated on the margins. However facies

changes between areas resulted because of

variable influxes of terrigenous clastics, relative

proximity to the basin margin, and tectonic

influences on basin morphology and suhsideuce

Tales

Wuhin the southern and northern Flinders

Ranges, the sedimentary interval referred to as

the Skillogalee Dolomite, contains several litho-

Sogically distinct and mappable units, although

intertonguing relationships occur, The applica-

tion of a single formation name to this interval

obscurcs the vertical und lateral relationships

between these units, and the different deposi-

teonal environments which they fepresent,

Hence a revised stratigraphic nomenclature is

propesed (Table 1), and the relationships

between the existing and proposed formations

ure discussed below. The Mundallio Subgroup,

after “Mundatlio” H.S. 10 km northeast of Port

Augusta, has been introduced because of the

oveurrence of these formations in a cycle of

regressive, shallow-water, mixed carbonate-

clastic sedimentation. The type sections of two

Fig Lt.

ot the proposed formations, are located 25 km

north of “Mundallio” HLS, in the vicinity of

Depot Creek (Fig. 2A), an area which has

been used to illustrate the important features

of this interval, to a much greater extent ‘than

the type section of the Skillogalee Dolomite in

Skillogalee Creek, The two formations defined

have excellent exposure, and one (the Yad-

lamalka Formation) is the most extensive for-

mation in the proposed Mundallio Subgroup

(Fig, 1).

Discussion and revision of existing formations

CASTAMBUL AND MoNnTACUTE DoLomrres

This nomenclature was introduced by Maw-

son & Sprigg (1950), to refer to the two major

dolomite horizons between the Aldgate Sand-

stone and the Stonyfell Quartzite if the

Adelaide region. The present Burta Group

nomenclature in this Tegiow is summarized by

Forhes in Daily et al. (1976). The Castambul

Dolomite is an essentially homogeneous,

cream coloured, recrystallized dolomite with

minor sandy and shaly intervals. The Mon-

tacute Dolomite is a more variable unit con-

sisting of dark grey, variably reerystallized

dolomites, fine-grained laminated magnesite.

intraformational dolomite and magnesite con-

glomerates, and dolomite-cemented sandstones.

Rapid vertical and lateral facies chanyes occur

within the Montacute Dolomite. Both forma-

tions are of only localized occurrence (Fig, 1),

with the most significant outcrops occurring im

the Torrens Gorge area, where they are

ussociated with siltstones aod minor sand-

stones. Elsewhere in the Adelaide regiin, this

Distribution map of the Mundallio Subgroup (excluding Peake-Denison Ranges). Locations: W

—Willouran Ranges, CP—Copley, A—Arkaroola, ¥D—Yednalue, Y¥OA—Yednalue Anticline.

WE—Weekeroo, DC-—Depot Creek, MC—Moandallio Creek, C—Carrieton, J—Johnburg. YT

—Yatina, PG—Port Germein Gorge. A—Beetaloo Reservoir, Y—Yacku. S—Spalding, SC—

Skillogalee Creek, BU—Burra. TG—Torrens Goree

MUNDALLIO SUBGROUP 27

140°

SOUTH AUSTRALIA

Outcrop limits of

folded Adelaidean

and Cambrian

sediments

Basement inliers

fi Mundallio Sub-

group outcrops

Sandstone

equivalent

L. Torrens

Distribution of -

+ + Castambul Fm. &

+ + Montacute Dol.

“//, Skillogalee Dol.

Woolshed Flat Sh,

all

Nathaltee Fm.

Nankabunyana Fm.

ooo Camel Flat Shale &

°°° Tilterana Ss.

YY

Yadlamalka Fm.

Aa Mirra Fm.

35° ADELAIDE

28 ROBIN K. UPPILL

Undalya

Quartzite

Yadlamalka

Formation

Nathaltee

Formation

Emeroo

Quartzite

Line of section

in Figs 2&4

AUSTRALIA

) 2

A

Line of section

in Fig 3

Myrtle Springs

Formation

Yadlamalka

Formation

Nankabunyana

Formation

Quartzite

Fig. 2. Location map of proposed type sections.

MUNDALLIO SUBGROUP 2

sequence is dominated by siltstones of the

Woolshed Flat Shale (see below }.

In order to simplify the nomenclature pro-

posed by Mawson & Sprigg (1950), it is pro-

posed that the Caslambul Dolomite be

renamed the Caytanbul Formation and refer

to the interval from the top of the Aldgate

Sandstone to the hase of the Montacute Dolo-

mite in the Torrens Gorge area. Hence 1 will

include the “unnamed shites” of Mawson &

Sprigg (1950).

SKILLOGALED DoLomire AND Woo. sito

Puar Srank

These formations were proposed by Wilson

(1952) in the Riverton-Clare region, He

described the Skillogalee Dolomite as “cream

colourcd fine- to medium-grained dense dolo-

mites with occasional interbedded dolanvitic

shales. . in several areas notable bluc-grey

members appear in the uppermost sections of

the formation” (Wilson 1952), The eream

coloured dolomites, which comprise most of

the formation, are extensively recrystallized,

obliterating the original sedimentary textures

and structures. Apart trom a few poorly pre-

served stromutolites. clues to the nature of

the original sediment are rare, The lenticular

dark grey dolomites are less recrystallized, and

origiated as laminated mudstones (in the

sense of Dunham, 1962) with minor strommte-

lilic horizons, Rare intraformational magnesite

cunglomerite is present. The outerops in Skil-

laogalee Creck extend northward to Spalding,

and a similar sequence occurs south of Burra

The term Skillogalce Dolonte should refer to

outcrops in these dreas only, That is, where the

dominant facies as eream coloured, reerystal-

lived dolomite, Other outerops which have

previously been referred to as the Skillowalec

Dolomite will be incorporated in the new for.

mations proposed helow

In its type section, the Skillogalee Dolomite

is overlain by laminated grey siltstoues uni

Shales of the Woolshed Flat Shale. Laterally, it

passes jato the Woolshed Flat Shale to the

southeast.

Proposed formations

NaTHALIEF Poumarion

The Nathaltee Formation, after Nathaltec

Creek 30 km wortheast of Port Augusta,

apples to the “siltyequartzige sequence con-

taining light erey or creamy dolomite beds’

mapped by Binks (1971) io the southern Flin-

ders. Ranges as the lower part of the Skillogalee

Dolomite. The Depet Creek area (30 km

northeast of Port Augusta), deseribed by

Preiss (1973), has been selected as the type

area for the Nathaltee Formatiow. The type

section is located 1 km south of Depot Creek

(Fig. 24) and was preferred to that in Depot

Creek because of the influence of minor dia-

pirie breccia in the latter section. The transi-

tional contact with the rnderlying Emeroo

Quarizite is marked by the introduction of

dolomites and siltstones jnto the sandstone

dominated sequence al the lop of the Emetoo

Quurtzic, Interbedded sandstones continue

intr the lower part of the Nathaltee Formation,

which is divisible into three informal snits

totalling 135 m thick (Pig. 3).

Cnt (. This basal unit is dominated by grey

coloured lithologies, allhough the lower few

meires are characterised by vross-cutting red

ortdation Zones, PM consists of about two-thirds

curbonate facies and one-third lerrigenous clas-

tics, The carbonate facics are duminated by

grey and dark-grey laminated dolomicrites with

pale-grey to black chert nodules. The dolomite

has reerystallized to microspar, bur the sedi-

ments clearly originated as mudstones fin the

sense of Dunham (942). Desiceatton eracks

and small scale soft sediment deformation

structures are present, Limited peneconten-

poraneous crosion of fithified dolomctites

formed interbeds of intrafermational dulamitc

conulomerate. Stromatolites, which occur as

hoth columnar and domal forms, are similar

petrologicilly to the latmnated dolomicrites,

und also contam irregular black chert nodules,

Intraformational magnesite conglomerates are

a lrnitect aceurrence in this unit.

Terrigenous clastics are represented by sana:

stones und siltstones, the abundanee wh which

may vary between the type section and the

surrounding area. Sandstones may have guher

quarizose or dolomitic cements, anu afe sub-

urkesic in composition, Grain size ranges Pron

Iinc- Lu vourse-graived sand, and serting ms

moderate. Planur bedding and lantioation are

the dominant sedimentary structures, hut sym-

Metrical wave ripple marks and desiccation

cracks nivy occur in outcrops adjacent to the

type seetion. Interbedded sillstones. parily

dolomitic. are planar and wavy laminated

These elastic sediments oecur as thin interbeds

within dolomites, or as thicker beds up to 6

in thick.

Unir 2. Unit | is wrudational into a sequedee of

light-grey and Bull dolormites. and grey-green

siltstones. ‘The latter. forming in excess of

30 ROBIN K. UPPILL

a oped ee —————— Dark grey dolomite, cream magnesite.

SE a

Been Se

--eY

aati ae

-—- — — ; ’

Dark grey shale grading into

white feldspathic quartzite

Grey-green siltstones, buff and

pink stromatolitic dolomites and

dolomicrites.

NATHALTEE

FORMATION

Dark grey dolomicrites and

stromatolitic dolomites. light

grey dolomitic sandstones and

quartzites, grey siltstones,

EMEROO ; y White feldspathic quartzites, minor

QUARTZITE reddish-grey dolomites.

KEY TO SECTIONS

LITHOLOGY BEDDING FORMS GRAIN SIZE OTHER FEATURES

(clastics)

metres a ar aT a EF Planar laminated clay AA Wave ripple marks

7 Dolomite J & thinly bedded

oe Dolomite Wavy laminated silt © Desiccation cracks

intraclasts & thinly bedded Soft sediment

Indistinctly sand <i deformation

Oncolites very fine

laminated Load casts

Medium to

Oolites thickly bedded fine ve. Inverse grading

Magnesite Massive medium Chert nodules

Magnesite Ss lit Badly weathered

intraclasts . Lromatowces, coarse

No exposure

Sandstone Tepees v.coarse

Ripple cross maximum|

lamination intra~

clast size

Shale Cross bedding (cm)

Siltstone

Fig. 3, Type section of the Nathaltee Formation and key to sections in Figs 3, 4, 5 and 7.

MUNDALLIO SUBGROUP 3

50% of the outcrop, are well Janyimated, but

nother sedimentary strugtures apart from ovca-

siotal desiccation cracks, are absent. Dolomites

are dominantly stromatolitic (Figs. 3 and 8)

The stromatolites, deseribed by Preiss (1974).

exhibit regular vertical to herizontyl

columnar growth, afd oceur jn extensive bio-

stromes, Penecontempuraneous crosion of

strotiatolites ts indicated hy micro-uncon{ormi-

ties within the stromatolite columns (Preiss

1974), and the presence of intraclasts between

columns. Planar laminated dolomierites are

similar to those i Unit 1 but are light-arey in

colouc. Although terrigenous clastics within

this unit are dominantly of silt wod clay size.

sand was occasionally introduced during ero-

sion of stramatolitic und planar lanrinated

dolomictrifes-

Oni 3, Dark-prey., poorly lamitated shales

comprise the lower part of this snil. They are

gradational ite siltstones and grey fine-grained

sandstones, with clean washed, pale quartzites

al the fop of the umt, The latler are subarkosie

in composition, and contain symmetrical ripple

marks and tabular cross beds up to 2 m thick,

This unit forms a marker bed within the

Emeroan Range, but lenses out approximately

2 km north of Mundatho Creek.

Distribution vf the Nathaltee Formation

Oulcrops af the Nuthaltee Formation occur

in the Emeroo Range, i which the type sec

Hon occurs, the Port Germein Gorge and

Bectaloo Valley areas, and in the Yednalue

Anticline north of Orroroo (Bigs 1 and 7A),

In other areas of outerop of the Mundallio

Subgroup iv the southern Flinders Ranges, the

Nathaltee Formation is absent (Fig. 7A), The

contacts between the sandy sequence of the

underlying Bungeree Quartzite, and the over-

lying Yadlamalka Formation, are transitional,

Light coloured dotonites, simtlar to those

present as interbeds within the Bunyaree

Quarivite, vecur in this transition.

In Port Germein Gorge and the Beetaloo

Valley, siltstones with interhodded yuartzites

and dolonvites mark the transition frany the

Emeroo Quartzite to the Nathaltee Formation.

This is overlain by o sequence of interbedded

green siltstones, bull stromatolitie dolaniites

und laminated dolamierites similar to Unit 2 of

the type section, A poorly laminated shale

overlgiy by trough cross bedded quartaites, is

comparable Gy Url t There is no magnesite

within dhe formation in this area, In the Wed-

naluc Anticine, darker grey facies including

siltsturies, sandstones, laminated and stromate-

litic dolomites comparable to Unit 1, comprise

most of the Formation. Rare intratormational

magnesite conglomerates occur, and my have

been derived from the Yednallle afea, 20 kin

northwest, where Jaminated magnesite of the

Yadlamalka Formation occurs only a short dis-

tance above the top of the Yednalve Quartzite

(equivalent to the upper part of the Emeron

Quartzite and Aldgate Sanidstane)-

Depasitional Enviranuent ap tie Nuthultwee

burmation

The transition from the Emerton Quartzite

una its equivalents to the Nulhollee Formation

represents a decrease in the sand supply to the

hasin of deposition, with silt and clay size

matenal becoming the dominant lemigenous

detritus, The depositional environment of the

Nathaltce Formation was predominantly one

of low energy with only intermittent sand in-

flux. The grey-green colour of the siltstones,

and their lack of current formed sttuctures,

indicate limited reworking and sufficient

organic activity to maintam mildly reducing

conditions within the sediment, Subsaerial

exposure was relatively frequent near the base

of the formation, indigating that the envireri-

ment varied between “intertidal att “sub.

lidal, These terms are used without the inipli-

cation of regular diurnal tides, and associuted

tidal currents, Rather the terms “supratidal”,

“intertidal” and “subtidal” refer to degrees of

suhuerial exposure (Laporte 1975). ‘Tidal and

opher effects may cause fluctuating water levels,

However Unil 2 of the type seetion, and

related facies elsewhere, wete predominantly

subtidal deposits, with only occasional desicca-

tion crueks and rare possihle gypsum casts

(Fig. 9). Dolomite meerheds are Erequettly

stramatolitic, henee algal activity as Well as

(rapping sediment may have — provided

favouralle micto-environments for the preeipi-

iahian af carbonute (Schneider 1977, Zarnar-

reno 1977). The irregularity af stromatolite

columns (see descriptions in Preiss 1974) and

the dominatee of wackestone as the interspace

sediment (Preiss 1974). indicate thal stromate-

lite growth occurred relatively undisturbed in

a low cnerey subtidal envirarment, Micro-ine

conformities within the stromatolite columns

(Preiss 1974), and scutlere! intriaetasts

between columns, resulled Trom intermittent

wave or current activity. and possibly from the

reworking of desiceated algal mats, Variable

dolomite colour fram dark-grey to buff within

the formation is mainly a result ot different

oxidizing conditions during Ulovenesis

32 ROBIN K. UPPILL

YADLAMALKA FM. ——— Dark grey dolomite, cream magnesite

Dark grey shale grading into

grey dolomitic sandstone,

White quartzites. grey dolomitic

sandstones, grey-green siltstones.

Grey dolomitic sandstones, grey-

green siltstone, brown to grey

a dolomites

NANKABUNYANA

FORMATION

LEZ TIT

h

i

\)

Nit

N

N

IN

N

NY

Yellow siltstones, white feldspathic

quartzites, minor dalomite

mah

AT]

i

COPLEY

QUARTZITE

RKU 78

White feldspathic quartzite.

Fig. 4. Type section of the Nankabunyana Formation.

MUNDALLIO SURGROUP oi

The poorly laminated shale in Unit 3

appears to have been rapidly deposited below

wave buse, As the deposinonal environment

shallowed, higher energy sands accumulated.

NANKANUNYANA FORMATION

The Nankabunyana Formation, after Nanka-

bunyana Well, 16 kin west of Copley, applies

to the mixed clastic-dolomite sequence between

the Copley Quartzite and the dolomite-mag-

nesite-sandstone sequence of the Yadlamalka

Formation (see below) in the northern Flin-

ders Ranges, This sequence has previously

been referred to as the lower unnamed oiem-

ber of the Skillogalee Dolornite (Coats ef al.

1969). The Nankabunyana Formation is

sequence of interbedded sandstones and sill-

stones, with minor dolomite interbeds {see

helow), whereas the Nathallee Formation.

which occurs in the southern Flinders Ranges,

consists of interbedded siltstones and dolo-

mites, with minor satidstone interbeds, that

were deposited in a lower energy regime. (com-

parc Fres 3 and 4), In the type section, 6 km

southwest of Copley (Fig, 2B), the Nanka-

hunya Formation is 538 m thick, but thickens

northwestward fo 715 m at Myrtle Springs,

The Formation may be subdivided inte four

informal imits (Fig, 4).

Unit 1. The lower boundary of the Nankabun-

yaha Formation occurs at the lop of the last

massive quartzite outerop of the dominantly

yuartzitic Copley Quartzite, Above this boun-

dary occur poorly outcropping. deeply

Weathered, yellow siltstones with tniner inter-

bedded quurtzites, The siltstones are plane-

laminated, suggesting thal they were deposited

frou’ suspension, The interbedded white

quartz-cemented feldspathic sandstones. which

are fine fo coarse-erained, occur as ripple

lenses, and planar bounded units up to 7 om

thick. Sedimentary structures include ripple

erass-lamination. tabular erossbeds which may

huve reactivation surfaces, and load casts of

sandstone into siltstone. Sandstone-siltstone

boundaries are sharp, indicating little inter-

mixing of the finer and coarser components of

the sequence. However occasional fining up-

ward cycles oceur, and consist of cross-

laminated sandstone overlain by interlaminated

sandstane and siltstone capped by laminated

siltstane (Fig, 10). The only significant dolo-

mite interbed is a brown to pinkish 3,6 m thick

dolomicrite overlain by a 2.5 m thick slromata-

life bioherm,

Unit 2. The transition to Unit 2 is marked hy

the introduction of dolomite interbeds, aiid

predominantly datomite cement in the sane-

stones, The latter are grey, fine- to very fine-

grained, resulting in only small scale current

formed structures including symmetrical wave

ripple marks and nipple Janvination, although

Planar lamination is more common, Desicea-

lion and synaeresis cracks occur. Interbedded

siltstones are greenish-prey, and characterized

by a planar to irregular lamination and small

scale soft-sediment deformation features. Inter-

bedded dolomites are lithologically variable

and occur as thin interbeds in sandstones and

siltstones, and thicker wails up te 7 m thiek

Buff, brown and grey dolomicrites ure mast

common, but flat-lamifated and pseudo-

columnar stromatolites (Fig. 11), and intra-

formational dolomite conglomerutes also

oecur,

Unit 3. A cessation of dolomile deposition and

a higher proportion of sandstone than Unit 2.

characterize Unit 3. Sandstones are pre

dominantly quartz-cemented rather than dolo-

mile-cemented, and are generally fine-grained,

although medium- and coarse-grained inter-

beds also oecur, Planar laminahon is abundant,

but ripple cross-larnination in sets up to LO cm

thick oecurs. Interbedded siltstones are “imilar

to those in Unit 2.

Unit 4. The tower 40 m consists of poorly

laminated dark-grey shale Which grades up-

wards inte grey dolomitic siltstanes and very

fine-grained dolomitic sandstones characterized

by abundant ripple eross-lamination, The thick-

ness of individual sets increases upwards to a

maximum of (5 cm slong with the increase in

grain size. Unit 4 ts 4 large-scale coarsening

upward sequence,

Distribution ef the Nankabunyata Formation

The Nankahunyana Formation has similar

chucueteristics dleng its strike extension

between Copley and Myrtle Springs, although

the proportion of individual lithologies 1s

variable. A similar scauence occurs in the

southwestern Willouran Ranges. where the

units present in the rype section may be reeog-

nized. However shales and siltstones, which

may contain rare casts of Bypvum Posettes, are

more abundant, Dolomite facies are similar in

the two areas. The formation is 600 m thiek

near Top Mount Bore on the southwestern <ide

of the Norwest Fault Northeast af the Nor-

west Fault, the Nankabunyana Formation is

replaced laterally by a upit of dark-erey pourly

M4 ROKIN K, UPFILL

laminated shale with minor lenticular dolomite

("Camel Flat Shale” of Murretl 1977'). which

is overlain by a sequence of white fine-grained

sandstones with minor silistones and dolomites

{"Tilterana Sandstone” of Murrell 19772), The

complex fuctes and thickness changes in this

area hyve heen discussed by Murrell as. part

of a regional study of the Willouran Ranges.

In the Arkaroola region the units present in

the type section of ihe Nankabunyani Forma-

tion may be recounized, despite Miereasing

metamorphic grade northwards |o amphibolite

facics whieh hus eesulted in the formation of

dolomitic marbles and cale-silicates, Lenticular

termgenous conglomerales afe — locally

developed in Unit | south of Arkaroola Vil-

lave, However Unit | becomes thicker and

finer-griamesl northwards, aod this is associated

with a decrease in dolomite content in Unit 2

indicating a gradual deepening of the deposi-

tional environment. Scapoalite porphyroblasts

{muriolite) become common in siltstones as

the metamorphic grade increases northwards.

They are preferentially concentrated in the

finer laminae, indicating the trapping and con-

centration of chlorine, possibly ftom saline

pore waters, in ceftain layers (Hietanen 1967),

Deposition davironmnents al the

Nenkabunvana Forinitter

This formation hes similatitles with the

Nathultee Formation, although the dolomite

content ts mich lower, 4nd formed in response

to telated environmental conditlons. Deposition

of the Copley and Wortupa Quartzites was

followed by a lower energy regime in which

sillsiones and shales accumulated, Sandstones

ovcur as sand shects and ripple lenses, and tn-

dicate the pericdi¢ development of lugber

enerey conditions causing winnowing. The

lower part of the formation (Unit 1) may con-

tain some features characteristic of tidal

environments inchiding fining Upwald cycles

(Pig. 10), tvactivation surfaces, wave ripple

marks. and ripple crossdamination (Klein

1971), However in the southern part of the

Arkaroola region, the presence ef lenticular

terrigenous conglomerates. and poorly sorted

muddy sandstanes and sandy shales which are

only slightly winnowed, may indicate some

fluvial influence. This sequestee passes north-

ward into a better sorted sequence of fine-

eruincd sandstones ancl siltstones.

Intreduction of dolomite depesilion in Unit

2 is wssociated wuh the develapment of an

environment of flow to mederute energy in

which evidence of Tidal curreats is lacking

Small scale ripple Isuninution and symmetrical

ripple marks were formed by wave action

which Was adequate to winhow mud from the

associated fine-to very fine-grained sands. The

interbedded siltstones were deposited from sus-

pension and lack current formed structures.

Periwidie exposure may have been caused hy

the rate of progradation exceeding the rate of

subsidence, although smaller scale effects such

as storms and wind-induced tides may cause

fluctuations in water level (Laporte 1975),

Reposition of dalomicfiles occurred in shallow

subtidal to intertidal environments, Intraforma-

tional dolomite conglomerates were formed

during high energy periods, in which dolomite

jntraclasts were transported into areas of sand-

stone and siltstone deposition.

YAOQLAMALKA FORMATION

The Yadlanialke Formation, after “Yadla-

matha” TLS. 50 km north of Port Augusta,

refers to that part of the previously mapped

Skillogalee Dolomite characterized by inter-

bedded dark grey dolomite, intraformational

magnesite conglomerate and dolomitic sand-

stone, “The 258 m thick type section (Figs 2A

and 5) in Depot Creek has excellent exposure,

although small-scale fanlting has resulted in

minor repetition of parts of the sequence,

in the type section, the boundary between

the Nathallee Formation and the Yadlamalka

Formation ts sharp, occurring at the introduc-

tion of dark grey dolomites and intrafornia-

tional magnesite conglomerates (Fig. 5), How-

ever (he upper boundary with the Undalya

Qusrtzite equivalent is transitional, and is

marked by the termination of magnesite

deposition. The Undalya Quartzite equivalent

is a Sandstone duminated sequence which may

contain interbeds of durk srey dolomite wear

its base.

The Yadlamalka Formation is characterized

by rapid vertical facies changes, fPequently on

a seale of less than 1m (Fig. 5). A variety of

evrbonate facies is present although approxi-

mately 12% of the formation is composed of

lerrigenous chastics. Dark-erey laminated dolo-

nmcrte forming fisstle und more massive out-

craps is the dominant carbonate facies, and

oceuré throughout the formarikin. The presence

of planar to slightly wavy larnination, sity aod

sandy latiinae, occasional graded laminue. and

evenly lextured microspar, indicate deposition

of carbonate mud from saspension, with minor

vurrent activity introducing silt and sand. Small

MUNDALLIO SUBGROUP 35

UNDALYA i Light grey dolomitic sandstone, minor

QUARTZITE grey dolomite,

Dark grey dolomicrites and

stromatolitic dolomites, cream

magnesites, light grey dolomitic

sandstones, Minor grey oolitic

and oncolitic dolomite, grey

shale.

)

ih

HL

)

YADLAMALKA!S5°

FORMATION

pF

sa

—S—

———s

—_

——

——a

———-

—

—

——_

_-——

—ao wer

——

——

fF

———J

——

)

— oO

NATHALTEE

FORMATION

Fig. 5. Type section of the Yadlamalka Formation,

scale slumping and disruption occurred while

the sediment was still in a plastic state. Desic-

cation cracks are relatively common, but tepees

are small and rare, indicating that only thin

lithified crusts formed during periods of

exposure. Secondary silicification prior to and

during lithification and compaction, produced

lenses and nodules of black chert.

Stromatolites occur in biostromes and bio-

herms of dark grey dolomicrite, and both

columnar and domal forms are present (Fig.

12), The latter may grade into irregularly

laminated dolomicrites, representing a grada-

tion from an algal controlled fabric to planar

laminated dolomicrites in which the shape of

the lamination is not organically controlled.

Stromatolites are most abundant in the middle

of the formation where the sand content is low.

Grain supported dolomites are minor, and

include sandy intraformational dolomite con-

glomerates, oolitic dolomites and oncolitic

dolomites. Oncolites are frequently silicified,

and textures of unsilicified oncolites are poorly

preserved because of a high proportion of

organic matter relative to dolomite in the

oncolites, prior to diagenesis. Individual onco-

lites are either concentrically laminated with

asymmetric growth (up to 2 mm in size), or

internally massive (up to 1 cm in size). Onco-

litic dolomites occur as lenticular beds within

dolomicrites, or in more massive beds up to 0.5

m thick which may be associated with stro-

matolites.

Magnesite, comprising about 11% of the

type section, occurs most commonly as intra-

formational conglomerates, and only rarely as

laminated micritic magnesite. Intraformational

conglomerates are most abundant in the

sandier lowermost and uppermost parts of the

formation, and may contain a high proportion

of sandy dolomitic matrix, and a maximum

intraclast size of several centimetres. Elsewhere

intraclasts are frequently close packed with

little matrix. Those beds with a higher propor-

tion of matrix are more poorly sorted and may

be inverse graded (Fig. 13). This feature may

be caused by a high concentration of clasts and

matrix in the transporting medium during high

energy periods. As a result larger intraclasts

move to regions of least shear away from the

bed, while smaller intraclasts remain near the

sediment interface. Very rapid deposition may

preserve this clast size distribution resulting in

inversely graded beds (Davies & Walker

1974). Inversely graded beds almost certainly

represent a single depositional event such as

36 ROBIN K.

UPPILL

that resulting from a major storm. Ripple

marks and cross bedding occur rarely in finer

intraformational conglomerates, and indicate

reworking of intraclasts by waves and currents.

Laminated micritic magnesite and individual

intraclasts of magnesite have a very low con-

tent of silt and sand size terrigenous sediment,

and their micritic texture indicates that very

early diagenentic lithifization has inhibited re-

crystallization.

Interbedded sandstones are most common

near the base and top of the formation.

Average grain size is fine- to medium-grained

sand, and dolomite cement is ubiquitous. How-

ever sorting is only moderate, due to the wide

range of grain sizes present in individual beds

(coarse-grained silt to coarse-grained sand).

Petrologically the sandstones are subarkoses,

with potassium feldspars more abundant than

plagioclase, Sedimentary structures include

tabular crossbeds indicating easterly flowing

currents, symmetrical wave ripple marks, and

desiccation polygons up to 15 cm in size, Silt-

stones and shales are of minor importance

(Fig. 5).

Distribution of the Yadlamalka Formation

The distribution of this formation is shown

in Figs 1 and 7. In all areas of occurrence the

formation is characterized by facies similar to

those described above for the type section.

Thicknesses are variable and reach a maximum

of 3000 m in the area southwest of Rischbieth

Hut in the Willouran Ranges.

In the southern Flinders Ranges between

Port Germein Gorge and Yacka very sandy

sequences with only minor magnesite occur

(Forbes 1960). East of Yacka, on the River

Broughton, approximately 57% of the Yadla-

malka Formation is dolomitic sandstone, and

10 km to the west carbonate deposition was

outweighed by clastic deposition, to such an

extent that the Yadlamalka Formation cannot

be distinguished from the underlying Bungaree

Quartzite and overlying Undalya Quartzite

(Fig. 7A). Hence there was a relatively con-

tinuous influx of sand into this area during

deposition of the Yadlamalka Formation.

However in the Depot Creck area, this influx

was significant only near the base and top of

the formation, In the more easterly sections in

the centre of the ORROROO 1:250 000 map

sheet, the sandstone content is generally low,

and dark grey dolomicrite is the dominant

lithology. The percentage of magnesite is low

in the southern Flinders Ranges, apart from

MUNDALLIO SUBGROUP 37

the Depot Creek area (11%), and north of

"Yednatue” HLS. (5% 9.

Quicraps in the northern Flinders Ranges

may cortain a higher proportion of magnesite.

dominantly as intraformational conglomerates,

The maximum ovceurrence is southwest of

Copley (Forbes 1960) where 18% of the for

mation is intraformational magnesite conglo-

merate, and 3% is laminated micriic maz-

neste. This may be attributed to very low

deposifional slopes resulling m broad areas of

Magnesite deposition on the basin margin.

These areas were sithjected to extensive pene-

contemporaneous erosion. A 60% inctease in

thickness of the Yadlamalka Formation occurs

between Copley and Myrtle Springs, with vir-

tually no facies changes, Hence depositional

rates matehed differential subsidence because

of favourable conditions for carbonate deposi-

tion. A shallow Water environment with vir-

tually no deposilional slope was maintained,

Dark-grey dolomicrites, and grey very fine-

grained sandstones, are the other major litholo-

gies in the Copley area and, along with mag-

nese, alsa dominate outcrops of the Yadla-

malka Formation in the Arkaroola region In

the southwestern Willouran Ranges, the inter-

yal equivalent te the Yadlamalka Formution,

has been designated the “Cadnawitana Forma-

won” by Murrell (197714. However hecause

similar facies are present in this region, in the

remainder of the northern Flinders Ranges,

unct in the type section of the Vadlamalka For-

mation, this formation may also he used in the

southwestern Willouran Ranges. However in

this area the clastic content increases, and the

magnesite content decreases, in @ northeasterly

direction, and the Yadlamalka Formation is re.

placed laterally by the “Mirra Formation’’

(Murrell 1977'), This formation is charac-

terized by more than 50% torrigenous sedi-

ment (sandstone, siltstone and shale), and neg-

ligible magnesite, The facies rekitlonships with-

in this prea, and the often dramatic thickness

changes, have been well documented hy

Murrell,

Depasitional Environments of the Yadlamatka

Formation

ft is apparent from Fie, 5S that the Yaudla-

malka Formation contains [frequent and

abrupt vertical facies changes, # charactenstic

in all ils areas of occurrence. Lateral changes

may be less significant hecause oF small deposi.

tional slopes (Preiss 1973), Rapid lithological

changes are often characteristic of shallow

water carbonate sequences (ames 1977),

Deposition of the Yadlamalka Formation

occurred in a shallow water, predominantly

low energy environment, in which tidal effects

were likely to be weak or insignificant, becatse

of the presence of # large shallow basin with

law gradienrs, However slight changes in water

level Caused by the action of wind and storms,

Pprogradation due to sediment buildups, or tee-

tonic influences, may have caused vertical

facies changes, and periodically exposed exten-

sive areas within the basin.

The most abundant carbonate facies is dark

ercy dolomicrite. A predominantly sublidal

environment of deposition for this facies is

indicated by the lack of fonestral fabrics,

scattered deésiceation cracks, and the limited

occurrences of jntraformational dolomite con-

glomerates due to minor development of litht

fied crusts, Tepees are uncommon, anu are

simple siructures a few centimetres in size. in-

dicatiny that extended periods of expusyre of

this facies did not occur (Assereta & Kendall

L877).

The ocelirrenee and distribution of siromate-

litic dolomites within the Yadlamalka Forma-

tion have been described by Preiss (1973), and

this facies offen represents less than 1% of ts

total thickness, Extensive biostromes are the

most frequent mode of occurrence. and Corned

in law energy subtidal environments. Inter

column scdiments may be sandy and intra-

clastic. indicating that higher energy cvents

may have accompanied stramatolite growth,

However the biostromes are frequently over-

lain by low energy delomierites. Snraller bia-

herms may be enclosed in higher energy secli-

ments, Dunng deposition of the Yadlamalka

Formation, ofganic activity. — prebably

Jominated by blue-green algae. may bave been

quite abundant, as indicated by carbonaceous

material preserved within dark gtey dolomic-

rites, However stromatolites (structures in

which algae not only played an active role in

trapping and binding sediment. but also eau-

trolled the shape of the lamination sand pro-

duced structures with relief) are of much less

importance than planar laminated dolomicrites

in which algae played a passive role. Hence it

would appear that coviranmontal factors, eg.

the rate of sediment influx and the unsunt of

turbulence, as well as chemical and biological

factors, were mm general unstiitable for stre-

matolite growth. In addition, conditions may

not fave been faVourable for penecontem-

polaneous cementation and preservation of

siromatolites

38 ROBIN K. UPPILL

PG to DC

CASTAMBUL F.

MONTACUTE DOL.

SKILLOGALEE DOL,

WOOLSHED FLAT SH.

NATHALTEE F.

NANKABUNYANA F.,

CAMEL FLAT SH,

TILTERANA SS.

YADLAMALKA F.

MIRRA F.

Fig. 6. Rock relation diagrams for the Mundallio Subgroup. Locations as in Fig. 1, and lithological

symbols as in Fig. 3.

A. Mount Lofty and southern Flinders Ranges.

B. Northern Flinders and Willouran Ranges.

Micritic magnesite formed in low energy en-

vironments on marginal shelves and restricted

lagoons. The absence of stromatolites indicates

that these environments were unfavourable for

persistent organic activity. The magnesite was

subjected to extended periods of exposure dur-

ing which tepees and lithified crusts formed.

Erosion of these crusts resulted in deposition

of intraformational magnesite conglomerates

in a range of environments from marginal mag-

nesite lagoons to subtidal dolomite environ-

ments, Low depositional slopes produced sheet

conglomerates rather than channel based beds,

The presence of dolomite as a matrix m intra-

formational magnesite conglomerates, and the

rare occurrence of interlaminated dolomite and

magnesite, indicate that these two minerals

formed from different precursors and virtually

penecontemporuncously with deposition.

Interbeds of terrigenous sediment are

dominantly coarse-grained siltstones, and sand-

stones, The abundance of interbedded sand-

stones is dominantly a function of proximity to

source, but would also have been influenced by

MUNDALLIO SURGROUP a9

the prevailing hydraulic regime. Medium. to

voarse-grained sandstones are plane-hedded

with minor syrminietrical ripple marks and tabu-

lar crossbeds, while finer sandstones and coarse

siltstones contain planar and wave ripple cross-

lamination, ‘This association of sedimentary

structures indicates that wave action was the

dominant process in depositinae these sand-

stones (Reineck & Singh 1973).

Much of the above discussion is also

applicable to the Montacute Dolomite which

contains similar facies to (he Yadlamalka For-

mation. However the Montacute Dolomite is a

much more localized formation and contains

thure rapid lateral facies changes than they Yad-

lammalka Formation.

Brief regional synthesis

The distribution and relationships between

the formations of the Mundallio Sabgrowp are

indicated in Figs |, 6 and 7. The farmattons

which are proposed are lithostratigraphic units,

and their boundaries are likely 19 he time trans-

eressive, The boundaries of the Mundallio Sub-

group are generally well defined, especially on

the western margin of the Mi Lofty and

southern Flinders Ranges, where the subgroup

eecurs between two distinctive sandstone

dominated sequences, Well defined boundaries

alse Geeur in the northern Flinders Ranges,

and itt most of the Willouran Ranges, where

ihe Mundalllio Subgroup is underlain by

quartvitus, and overlain by a siltstone-sand-

stone sequence (Myrile Springs Formation).

However lithological similarities between dolo-

mite interheds within the Bufiyaree and Yed-

nalue Quartaites, dolomite interbeds within the

Nathaltec Pormation, and the Skillogalee

Dolomite, indicute that the possibility of inter

longing between the Mundallio Subgroup and

the tnderfying, quartzites cannut be excluded

The shallow to very shallow water sediments

of the subgroup overlie sandstones of the lower

Burra Group. These sandstones were probably

more widely distributed than the more reures-

sive Mundallio Subgroup and may have pro-

Vided a source for sandstones deposited within

the Mundalho Subgroup. The lower part of the

subgroup contains a wide spectrum of facies.

This resulted from variable subsidence and

depositional rates allowing the development of

suh-basins, with Variable water depths and

depositional slupes across the basin as a whole

Significant deposition of teerigenous detritys

occuned in many areas, andl exceeded dolo-

mite deposition. As a result the Nathaltee For-

mation und ihe Nankabunyana Formation

were deposited in those areas with an open

circulation system which supplied detrital sedi-

ment, However in other areas Which were more

protected from the influx of terrigenous seui-

ment and had favourable water chemistry for

carbonate deposition, dolomite deposition

exceeded that of terrigenous clastics and

deposition of the Yadlamalka Formation com-

menced, This probably occurred in the Mun-

dallio Creek area and m the vicinity of Yed-

nalue. Qutcrops of the Skillogulee Dolomite

also have # Jow content of terrigenous

matcrial, and Were protected from the influx of

detritus hy deposition on a broad shallow low

energy platiorm, A shallow topographic high

extending southwards ffom Spalding may have

provided a physical barrier to detrital influx,

and thus explain the rapid facies charges with-

in the Mundallio Subgroup helween Yacka and

Spalding (Fig, 7A).

Higher in the subgroup, deposition of the

Yadlamalka Formation occurred in a shallow

basin with similar water depths over large

areas. and low depasitional slopes. Ag a result

sinvlar facies were deposited throughout much

of the Adelaide Geosyncline. Dolomite heewme

the dominanc seditnent in muny areas duc to

a lack of fine grained terrigenous sediment,

and favourable water chemistry, Sandstouc

interheds were numerous adjacent to major

source areas west of Yacka and Port Gefmein

Gorge, and northeast of the Willawran Ranges

(Forhes 1960 1961). Magnesite was forted

m margittal areas protected from detrital in-

flux, Areas of deposition of the Skillogalce

Dolomite remained protected from 4 supply

of sand size material, wlthough in adjacent

Ueeper water regions the Woolshed Flat Shale

accumulated

Acknowledgments

The work carried mut in this paper i purt

of a Ph.D. project in the Department of

Geology, University of Adelaide. The author

Wishes to extend her thanks ta Dr V, Gostin,

Mr B. Murrell and her supervisor Dr B. Daily

for reading the manuscript, and to the perser-

nel of the South Australian Department of

Mines and Energy, and the South Australian

Stratizraphlc Nomenclature Subheemmitte,

Geological Socrety of Australia, for helpful sis.

cussions,

40 ROBIN K. UPPILL

WOOLSHED 4

FLAT SH 4

(WFS)

SKILLOG-

ALEE

DOL. (SD)

YADLAMALKA

FORMATION (¥F)

NATHALTEE

| FORMATION (Na. F)

Sandstone

equivalent

Fig. 7A, Northern Mount Lofty and southern Flinders Ranges—schematic stratigraphic sections and re-

lationships between formations. Locations as in Fig. |, In addition YW—west of Yacka, YE—

east of Yacka.

MUNDALLIO SUBGROUP

‘ejooleyly ‘j[neq euevjeieg Jo Isea—gy “SH suds apidIN—'S'W “S'H 1S9MJON IA—AMN ‘210g lunop do_—WL ‘uoutppe uy

‘| ‘SLZ Ul SB sUONRDO7T ‘sUONeUTIO} UsaMjaq sdiysuONRa pue suOT]oas d1ydessHeNs SjeWeYyss—sosueYy ueINO]T[IM PUP Slapul|y WIIYWON “gd “SIA

Pe

(S49) HS L¥14 143NVO0 = (aN) Wa

(Sl) SS VNVHSLTIL b=] VNVANNEVANVN

Ee

(3A) W4

VX TVAVTIOVA

(4N) WS VHYIN

it

ROBIN K. UPPILL

Domed stromatolite biostrome with poorly delined stromatolites, enclosed in laminated silt

stones, Nathaltee Formation, Depot Creek.

Possibly gypsum casts in siltstones, Nathultee Formation, Port Germein Gorge.

Fining upward cycle in which sandstones are overlain by siltstones with sandstone Jaminue.

Unit 1, Nankabunyana Pormation, Copley-

Flat laminated and pseudocolumnar stromatolites with sandy laminae, Unit 2, Nankabunyana

Formation, Copley.

. Gently domal stromatolites overlain by planar laminated dolomicrite, Yadlamalka Formation.

Depot Creek.

Inverse graded magnesite intraformational conglomerate with very close packed intraclasts near

the base, and a high matrix content at the top, Yadlamalka Formation, south of Depot Creek,

MUNDALLIO SUBGROUP 43

References

Assereto, R. L, A. M, & KENDALL, C. G, Sr. C.

(1977) Nature, origin and classification of

peritidal tepee structures and related breccias.

Sedimentology, 24, 153-210,

Bynks, P. J. (1971) Geology of the Orroroo

1:250 000 mup area. Rep. Invest., geal, Surv,

S. Aust, 36, lel 14,

Coats, R. P.. Horwirz, R. C., Crawrorn, A, R.,

Campana, B, & THatcHer, D. (1969) MT.

PAINTER PROVINCE map sheet, Geologi-

cal Atlas of South Australia, 1:125,000 (Geol,

Surv. 8, Aust: Adelaide).

Dainty, B., Firman, J, B., Forpes, B. G. & Linp-

say, I. M. (1976) Geology. In C. R. Twidale,

M. i}. ‘Tyler and B. P. Webb (Eds) “Natural

History of the Adelaide Region”. R. Soc. S.

Aust.; 5-42,

Davies, 1, C & Wacker, R. G, (1974) Transport

und = deposition of resedimented — con-

glomerates; The Cap Enrage Formation,

Cambro-Ordoviciun, Gaspe, Quebec. J, sedi.

Petrol, 44, 1200-1216,

Dunham, R. J. (1962) Classification of curbonate

rocks according to depositional texture, In

W. FE. Ham (EFad.) “Classification of Cur-

bonate Rocks, « Symposium.” Mem. Am. Ass,

Petrol. Geol. 1, 108-121.

Fornis, B. G. (1960) Magnesite of the Adelaide

System: Petrogruphy and descriptive strati-

graphy. Trans, R. Soc, S. Aust. $3, 1-9,

Forweis, B. G, (1961) Magnesite of the Adelaide

System: A discussion of its origin, /hid. 85,

217-222,

Forbes, B. G, (1971) A table of Adelaidean and

Cambrian Stratigraphic Names. Quart, geol,

Notes, weol. Surv. S. Aust. 38, 1-2,

Hirranen, A. (1967) Scapolite in the Belt Series

in the St. Joc-Cleurwater Region, Idaho. Spec.

ap, geal Soe. Anr, 86, 1-54,

Howcuin, W, (1915) A geological skeich map

with deseriptive note on the Upper and Lower

Torrens Limestones in the type district. Devs.

R, Soe. 8S, Aust, 3%, 1-15,

James, N. PB. (1977) Facies Models 8, Shallowing-

upward sequences in curbonates. Geosci. Can.

4, 126-136

Kein, G. bE V. (1971) A sedimentary model for

determining palaeotidal range. Bull, Geol, Soc.

Am. 82, 2585-2592.

Laporte, L. F. (1975) Carbonate wdal-flat

deposits of the Early Devonian Manlius For-

mation of New York State, Ju R. N. Ginsbure

(Ed,) “Tidal Deposits: A Casebook of Recent

Examples and Fossil Counterparts”, Springer

Verlag; 243-250.

Mawson, D, (1941) Middle Proterozoic sediments

in the neighbourhood of Copley. Trans. R.

Soe. S. Aust. 65, 304-311.

Mawson, D. (1947) The Adelaide Series as

developed along the western margin of the

Flinders Ranges. /hid. 71, 260-280.

Mawson, D. & Spricc, R. C. (1950) Subdivision

the Adelaide System. Aust. J, Sci, 13, 69-

2

Mirnams, R, C. & Forses, B. G (1964) Burra

Group (new name). Quart, yeal, Notes, veal.

Surv. §, Aust, 9, 5-7

Preiss, W. V. (1973) Palaeoecologicul interpreta-

tions of South Australian Precambrian. stro-

matolites. J. geol. Soc. Aust, 19, 50|-532,

Preiss, W. V. (1974) The systematics of South

Australian Precambrian and Cambrian stro-

gy pon Part IN, Trans. R. Soe. S. Aust.

, 185-208.

Ruane H. E. & Sincu, |. B. (1973) “Deposi-

tional Sedimentary Environments: With

Reference to Terrigenous Clastics". (Springer-

Verlag; Berlin),

ScHneiper, J. (1977) Carbonate constriction and

decomposition by Epilithic and Endolithic

micro-organisms in salt- and fresh-water. J

E. Fliigel (Ed.) “Fossil Algae: Recent Results

and Developments”. Springer-Verlag; 248-260.

Witson. A. F. (1952) The Adelaide System as

developed in the Riverton-Clare region,

northern Mount Lofty Ranges, South Aus-

tralia. Trans, R. Soc. 8S, Auss. 75, 131-149,

ZAMARRENO, IT, (1977) Early Cambrian algal car-

bonates in southern Spain. /n EB. Fliigel (Ed. )

“Fossil Algae: Recent Results and Develop-

ments”. Springer-Verlag. 360-365,

STRUCTURAL GEOLOGY OF KANMANTOO GROUP METASEDIMENTS

BETWEEN WEST BAY AND BREAKNECK RIVER, KANGAROO ISLAND

BY D. J. FLINT & A. E. GRADY

Summary

Kanmantoo Group metasediments cropping out between West Bay and Breakneck River, Kangaroo

Island, South Australia, exhibit three phases of deformation. Each phase has developed macroscopic

and mesoscopic structures, as well as an axial plane schistosity. The development of these

schisosities in one area is unusual for the Kanmantoo Group.

STRUCTURAL GEOLOGY OF KANMANTOO GROUP METASEDIMENTS

BETWEEN WEST BAY AND BREAKNECK RIVER, KANGAROO ISLAND

by D. J. Fuinr*+ & A. E. Grapy*

Summary

Fur, DJ, & Gravy, A, E. (1979) Structural geology of Kanmantoo Group metusediments

between West Buy and Breakneck River, Kangaroo Island, Trans, R. Soc. S, Aust. 103(2),

48-56, 28 February, 1979,

Kanmantoo Group metasediments cropping out between West Bay and Breakneck River,

Kangaroo Island, South Australia, exhibit three phases of deformation. Fach phase has

developed macroscopic and mesoscopic structures, as well ws an axial plane schistosity, The

development of three schistosilies in one urea is unusval for the Kanmuntoo Group,

The first folding phasé (D,) produced regional east-west upright horizontal folds with axial

plane schistosity, quartz veins and parallel differentiation layering, The second folding phase

(Ds) developed abundant mesoscopic upright plunging folds with axial plane fabric elements

of schistosity, crenulation cleavage and reoriented transposed bedding, Third phase mesoscopic

and macroscopic folding (Dy) has axial plane fabric elements of crenulation cleavage, differen-

tiation layering, schistosity and transposed bedding.

Metamorphism was at a maximum (andulusite-staurolite zone, amphibolite facies) during

D, folding, and §; fabrics are characterised by a high degree of textural equilibrium, Alumina-

rich and granitic pegmatites were intruded during D, folding. From post-D, to syn-Dg, biotite

zone (greenschist facies) conditions prevailed but with af increase in textural disequilibrium

towards Dy, Retrogression during chlorite zone (greenschist facies) conditions occurred after

D,, folding,

Introduction

Metasediments cropping out between West

Bay and Breakneck River in Flinders Chase

National Park, Kangaroo [sland, South Aus-

tralia (Flint |978, big. 1) were examined to

determine their sedimentary, petrographic and

structural history, The metasediments are

ussigned to the Kanmantoo Group of Cam-

brian age (Thomson 1975, Daily & Milnes

1971) by lithological correlation with Kane

mantoo Group metasediments in their type sec-

tion. Metamorphism of the Kunmantoo Group

in its type section is Jower Ordovician (Dasch

et al. 1971; Milnes et al. 1977). Sedimento-

logical aspects and stratigraphic correlations

are discussed in Flint (1978), in which the

stratigraphic sequence of the West Bay area

has been correlated with the Inman Hill Por-

mation of Thomson (1969) and the Tapa-

nappa Formation of Daily & Milnes (1972).

This report outlines details of a mesoscopic

geometric structural analysis and microscopic

textural analysis of the metasediments, exposed

in a thin strip of coastline, 20 m wide and §

km long (Fig. 1),

Rock types exposed are predominantly

quartz-rich metasandstones and quartz-mica

schists, Rarer types are metalutites, metasand-

stones rich in heavy minerals, and granitic and

alumina-rich pegmatites. Bedding surfaces

(S,,) ure always recognisable throughout the

map area, Rock types and sedimentary struc-

tures are involved in cyclic sedimentation

units, and are discussed in Flint (1978).

The Kanmantoo Group metasediments

exposed in the study area record three defor-

mation or folding phases. Similar results have

been obtained from other areas within the Mt

Lofty Ranges for Kanmantoo Group and

underlying Adelaidean metusediments (Offler

* School of Earth Sciences, Flinders University of 8. Aust.

¥ Present address: Geological Survey of S. Aust, 191 Greenhill Rd, Parkside, S. Aust. 5062.

46 D. J. FLINT & A. E. GRADY

SUB-AREA 1

oe ee

SUB-AREA 2

N

WEST BAY

SUB-AREA 1

KANGAROO

ISLAND

All slereagraphic plots

ore lower hemisphere,

eguol oréu projections

» Breakneck River

KILOMETRES

0 1

——)

REFERENCE

Normals to planer elements ore contoured

FOLD AXES

§; $5

Bg Be

FOLD AXES

Pa

B « , « -axiol plane

yo° y stern sulace

‘True Northi -— N

aS

4

/

f

{

id 45 _(No, of reading)

(1 Flint’ Geolagit

SA Dept ot Mines

Fig. 1. Structural analysis; stereographic projections and a domain analysis, with extent of outcrop

shown.

& Fleming 1968; Mills 1973) but only two

phases of folding are recognised in the type

section of the Kanmantoo Group between

Cape Jervis and Victor Harbor (Daily &

Milnes 1971, 1973).

The structural analysis here is based upon

abundant and widespread mesoscopic over-

printing criteria and the assumption of

coherence of orientation of tectonic fabric

elements. Different phases can have similar

fold styles and axial plane structures. The type

of structure developed is a function of:

I. type of sedimentological sequence (sequence

| and 2 of Flint 1978),

SIRUCTURAL GhHOLOGY—KANMANTOO GROUP 47

2, position (and henee rock Type) within dhe

cyche sedimeritation Units,

3. intensity of deformation,

Within a single cycle sedimentation unit of

either sequence 1 or sequenee 2 type, the

type of structure for a particular phase changes

with changing lithology. The abundance of

structures and the apparent intensity of defor-

mation is strongly dependent upon the type of

sedimentological sequences. The different types

of cyclic sedimentation units ure spatially

separated (Flint 1978, Fig, 2) and this pro-

Vides it basis for subdivision of the urea into

two structural domains (Fig. 1), Tectonic

structures are poorly developed in the northern

area which is dominated by metasatdstones of

sequence 2 deposits. while the soulhern area Of

sequence | melasaridstanes und metalutites

records itense Mesoscopic foldifiyg. The struc.

tural and metamorphie history is discussed an

the lallawing sections and summiurised in Tuble

I

TABLE I.

Sareny ey) strona) ind nenunergiins eveuts

Folding

Phise &

Axial

Plaine Comments

Barly quae verniig.; either pret te a

duving early Dy folding. Probably cor

responds to Onset OF metamorphism,

Maximum metamorphism; — andalusite-

staupolite = Zone, oumphibolite facies.

Regional folds in bedding bul with rare

inesoscapie folds. Sy structures domin-

untly quartz veins with o parallel planar

differentiation layering and sehistusity,

Displacement! of bedding across Sy quarts

veras,

Lower metamorphic conditions: biotite

fone, greensehist fucles, Tn sub-area |.

D. folding very minor while Ss is repre

sented a8 reoriented trunspasxyed bedding.

In sub-iredt 2, ohundunt mesoscople fold-

ing, Reoriented transposed bedding con-

sistently parallel to Se crenmubation

cleavare und schistosity,

Continning biotite zone, 2 eensehial

facies metamorphism, In subearea ly Dy

folding minor while transposed hevdine

amt sehistosity represent Sy. In sub-area

2. abundant crenulations with Dy

strongly folding earlier structires.

After Dy folding, retrogression durin

declining metumorphie conditions:

chlorivé zone. sreenschist facies.

Dy 8;

Day Sy

“irst folding phase (D,)

(he earliest mesoscopic structures developed

are quartz veins in metalutiles and these pre-

date first foldiny phase structures. Lithification

prior to the onset of D, folding is indicated by

the presence of these quartz yerns and the good

preservation of muny sedimentary structures

in metasandstones, The pre-S, quartz veins

now form no. distnet orientation pattern

because of refolding by three phases of defor-

mation,

Parallel S, fabric elements are schistosity,

quurtz veins, and a planar differentiation Jayer-

ing which are all considered to be parallel to

D, axial plane. The §, schistosity, where

developed, is defined by a perfect biotite and

muscovite erystullographic and dimensional

preferred orientation; while $8, differentiation

lyyering consisis of alternating quaria-rich and

miga-rich layers (Pig. 2), This differentiation

layering, Which is developed only in quartz-

mica schists. is more intensely developed across

varly (pre-S,) quarts veins and in racks ol

fine grain size (Pig. 3), Often, bedding is dis-

placed across S, quartz veins (Piz, 4). Dis-

placement of bedding across planes parullel to

thy regional first phase axial plane has been

Observed by Olller & Fleming (1968) and

Daily & Milnes (1973). Although quarta veins

are strongly retracted across lithological

boundaries and are olfen extensively folded in

lithologies of fine grain size (Pig. 5), in the

more massive and mesascopically hamogencous

metasandstones these quartz veins are planar

and continuous, Therefore, the orientations of

S, quartz veins were measured near the hase

of metasandstones where mesoscopic refolding

effects are least evident,

Due to later folding, the D) hinge zoue trace

cun only be approximately located within sub-

afew 2 but a Dy Fold wavelength greater than

km 15 indicated by the regional vattation of

bedding orientation:

Fald Orientation

5) quartz vein, schistosity and differentiation

layering orientations are shown toyether with

a domain analysis 1 Fig. b. S; is used to indi-

cate D, axial plate orientation but this can-

not be yerified by direct ohservations because

folds with S; as wxial plane are rare,

A preat circle distrihutien of bedding nor-

muils in sub-area | indicates a pjacroseopic

fold axis plunging horizontally towards (74°

{Fig, 1), The average orientation of meso-

svopie Sy plunes in sub-urea J is dipping R6°

48

D. J. FLINT & A. E, GRADY

‘ 4

ps th n we

Pe gating as) PO my

aq or

fs od ate hy tarts

emai testy

La ae

rs ee ee = rams

Oe

First phase differentiation layering with some parallel quartz veins. Note strong lithological con-

trol on extent of development of the differentiation layering. Contrast with later crenulation dif-

ferentiation layerings, Minor D; folding; sequence 1 deposits, sub-area 2.

First phase differentation layering (S;) and its slight enhancement across pre-S; quartz veins;

sequence | deposits, sub-area 2,

Si quartz veins with displacement of bedding. These fault-like planes are parallel to S; schis-

tosity and differentiation layering of adjacent rocks; sequence 1 deposits, sub-area 2.

One S; quartz vein which is folded in and out of the exposure surface by D» and Da; sequence

1 deposits, sub-area 2.

STRUCTURAL

towards 010°. The macroscopic fold axis

upparently is not contained within the statis-

tical fnesaseopic §, orientation, The dis-

crepancy suggests that the mesoscopic 8, as

used here may not be parallel with the axial

plane of macroscopic D, folds, S, structures

may originate along a plane of maximum

resolved shear stress during D,. Observations

over a larger area are necessary to solve the

problern,

Although mesoscopic D, folds are lacking,

observations and interpretations from the map

area are consistent with the hypothesis that Dy

folding generally produced the major regional

folds throughout the Kanmantoo Group (Offler

& Fleming 1968). Major & Vitols (1977)

established thal regional folds in Flinders

Clase have a northeast to cast trend and these

are interpreted here as DB, folds.

Fuld Geometry

fh sub-area | where later folding: effeeis are

least evident. D, folds are upright horizontal

(classification of Rickard 1971) and cylindri-

cal planar (classification of Turner & Weiss

1469), Symmetry of B, folds is not deter-

minable on this scale

Second folding phase (D,,)

Plaiar features deVeloped during this phase

(Sy situctures} are consistently axial plane in

orientation to second generation folds in bed-

ding and folds in S$, structures. S. tabric

elements ure sehistosity, quartz veins,

reoriented transposed bedding, and erenulation

cleavage and differentiation layering. The S.

schistosily a defined by an imperfect biotite

and museovite crystallographic und dinen-

stonal preferred orientation, while the erenu-

Jaton cleavage is developed from strong micra-

folding of the $, schistosity in metalutites

Where the erenulating is intense, differentution

mivalving predominantly quartz and mica has

occurred to pradice 4 differentiation layering

vonsisting of alternating quartz-rich and mica-

rich layers. Identical structures are described

in Hobbs et al, (1976. Pigs. 5.5 and 3.6)- So

quartz veins are of a different orientation from

those produced during Dj folding, and fneso-

scoprely form the axial planes of folds in 8,

quartz veins and differentiation layering, D.,

folding of bedding (S,) produced the

Jominant mesoscopic folds in sub-area 2, D.,

folds it bedding vary in fold wavelength from

5S mt to greater than 50 m while folds in 8,

have wavelengths measurable in centimetres.

Due to the size of D, folds in bedding, few

GEOLOGY —KANMANTOO GROUF 49

divect measurements could be made of the fold

axis,

One of the S, fabric clements is revriented

Iransposed bedding but transposition along §,,

during Dy cannot be proven, The Iranxposed

bedding, consists of quartz-rieh metasandstone

blebs consislently elongated parallel to S. in

a quartz-biotite metasandstone (Figs 6 and 7),

Cross-cutting S, quartz veins are slightly

folded by Dy with Ss reoriented transposed

bedding 4s axial plane. S, is not disrupted, yet

a high state of transposifion of bedding parallel

to Sy exists and cansistent overprinting rela-

tionships unambiguously suggest §., postcdates

$,. 5, reoriented transposed bedding only

occurs in units interpreted to have been

deposited from mass flows with rapid fallout

from suspension (Flint 1978), and the trans:

posed hedding is concluded io be equivalent

to a slump breccia and to have formed syn-

chronously with sedimentation, Later reornen-

lion of the clasts occurred during Ds tu pro-

duce their present clongation in S.

fald Ortenration

Figure 1 shows S. orjentation with a donizin

anilysis, D, folds are upright plunging with

plunges fess than 35°. These folds are mast

strongly developed in the vicinity af the By

regional anticlinal hinge zone, ic, sub-area 2,

which results in the shallow plunges. Sy planes

show a systematic variation in onentation fram

striking 065° in sub-arca 1, ta striking OOL°

near Breakneck River (Fig, 14). Either.

second phase folds developed as nonplanar

non-cylindricul folds by asymmetric triclinic

strain, or, there has been redistnbution of 8,

by a Dy phase,

In sub-area 1. Oy folding features are

generally not evident, The strong. statistical

orientation of S. (dipping 86° towards 335")

and apparent lack of folding hy a Dy phase

Sugeest that the attitude of S, has not been

reoriented. Only in the southernmast part of

the subarea is bedding folded by D,. For

these folds, the fold axis plunges 25° lowards

065° (Fig, 1), With constant axial plane and

fold axis orientation in sub-area |, D. defor-

mation phase produced planar cylindrical and

upright plunging folds.

Sub-area 2 ig characterised by abundant

mesoscopic DB, folds and the distributinn par-

tern of Sy structures is consistent with later

folding by a Dy folding phase. Regional BD,

folds are now non-cylindrical non-planar but

with av approximately eylindrieal axial surface,

50 D, J. FLINT & A. E. GRADY

Fig. 7. Reoriented transposed bedding (Sz) which is axial plane to folded S; quartz veins; sequence |

deposits, sub-area 2.

Fig. &. Sy schistosity from within the transitional pelitic lutite deposits north of West Bay (sub-area 1).

Ss schistosity rarely developed but where present, is defined by a good preferred orientation of

biotite and muscovite.

Fig. 9. Sj schistosity from within the transitional pelitic lutite deposits north of West Bay. Despite

strong microscopic development of the schistosity, mesoscopic D; folding is absent.

STRUCTURAL GEOLOGY—KANMANTOO GROUP 51

0 ee

: =m ; ; es apn 5

oe : ne Sagrada ee fehl se 2

with 5 : ts A AS

e : 7 ace *

o- 4 a ’ ¥ .. j

(| a a “til = ike

Fig. 10. S3 reoriented transposed bedding; sequence 1 deposits, sub-area 1. Sg planes are parallel to Sy

Fig.

Fig.

Fig.

11.

12.

schistosity in adjacent rocks, and to the crenulation cleavage in sub-area 2.

Ss crenulation of the S; schistosity and parallel quartz veins; initial development stages of a

crenulation differentiation layering. Most common Sz structures for sub-area 2 (sequence 1

deposits).

Horizontal bedding (So) displaced by S; quartz veins and parallel differentiation layering. S; is

folded by S. except in the massive metasandstone. Pre-S; quartz veins subparallel to Ss;

sequence | deposits, sub-area 2.

. Strong Dg crenulating folding of the S; schistosity and parallel differentiation layering. Note

strong compositional control to deformational response; sequence 1 deposits, sub-area 2.

52 D, 1. FLINT & A

Junits

Three jornts sets are recognised (Fig, 1)-

‘Two of these (J. joins) are always parallel to

the local S.. drientation or perpendicular lo i,

ie, ‘ab’ and ‘ac’ joints (Price 1966), As

expected, J4 joints show a similar redistribu-

tion pattern to S, structures.

Third folding phase (D.,)

In sub-area 1, Dy structures are intensely

developed only within the transitional pelitic

lulite sequence north of West Bay (Flint 1978,

Fiz. 2), while they are almost absent in the

sequence 2 metasandstones. The third phrase

plinur fabric clements are schistosity, trans-

posed tedding and strongly deformed sedi-

mentury structures: The S,, schistosity, where

present, is defined by a well-developed

preferred orientation of muscovite and biotite

(Figs 8-9). Transposition of bedding and

strong flattening of sedimentary structures

along Sy surfaces are common responses to Dy

withia the metalutiles (Pig. 10). Complete

transposition of bedding in some instances has

prad\iced a fabric which has the wppearance

of an imbricated intraclastic conglomerate but

with & planar fabric clement parallel to S,

planes jn adjacent rocks. These Sy planes have

the same orientation aa §. erenulations in sub-

area 2 Macroscopic folding of earlier struc-

tures during Dy is not evident.

In sub-area 2, the most common S, struc-

tures are crenulation cleavage and differentia-

tion layering, Which are axial plane to foldest

S,, S; and S, structures, ‘The crenulutiotr

cleavage is developed from microfolding of the

S, schistosity while the differentiation Snyering

necurs from quartz and mica segregation dur-

ing iwtense crenulating folding (Fiv, [t)-

Mesoscopic D, folding and refolding ts only

apparent iu the upper portion of cach graded

sequence, Consistent overprinting criteria atid

the constant orientation of all S, siructures

enable S, to be unambiguously distinguished

from 8, and 8, despite some similarities in

style. Typical mesoscopic relationships between

the structures are shown on figures 12 and 13,

Fold Ortennitina

A domain unalysis of Sy structures (Fig. 1)

shows slightly varying orientations between the

sub-areas. The average orientation is dipping

45° towards 035°,

Near Breakneck River in sub-area 2, 5,

structures show an onentation Variation which

Sugeests folding of 5S, about a sub-horizontal

E, GRADY

vaml-west axis. The intersection of S; anu S,

in this arca plunges 06° towards U9S” which

reinforees observations of important D, fold-

ing,

Sul-area 2 contains abundant mesoscopic

folds in S. struetures, The intersection line of

the average orientations of S, and Sy plunges

450° towards 019°, Another geometric possi

bility is the redistribution of S. normals along

a great cirele about u fold axis plunging 60°

towards 040°,

The orientation variations of S, and S,

fabric elements in sub-area 2 are consistent

with mesoscopic and macroscopic folding duc-

ing the third deformation phase.

Joirits

A joint set C1.) consistently dips 25° towards

200°, regardless of the orientation of Sy, 8,

und S$, and is interpreted as a Ds fabric

elernent.

Domain analysis

The area mapped has heen divided inta two

domains. Subdivision is based upon major sedi-

mentological boundaries, abundance of meso-

scopic tectonic folds in bedding, and regionally

significant change in S,, orientation,

Sub-area. | is comprised predominantly of

sequence 2 deposits with metasandstones the

dominant lithology; hence few tectonic folds

are developed, Deformation features, particu.

larly those of Dy, are most extensively

developed in the thin transitional lutite deposit

north of West Bay (Flint 1978, Fig. 2)~ Sub-

area | ts dominated by northward dipping

bedding on the northern limb of a regional Dy

anticline (Fig. 14). S. structures are of con-

stant oricnialion but are oot important in

refolding of S;, and S,.

Sub-area 2, comprising of sequence I

deposits with alternating metasandstones and

schists, is characterised by abundant D., meso.

scopic folds in bedding. S, progressively

vhanges orientation [rom dipping 86° towards

335° in sub-area 1, to dipping 35° towards

090° at the southern boundary of sub-area 2

(Fig, 14), The orientation variation of Sy with

abundant Dy crenulations if) schists indicate

the importance of D,, folding in sub-area 2,

Textures

Recrystallisation of Kanmantoo Group tur-

bidity mass flow deposits (Flint 1978) cxposed

im this area hay produced a varicly of lextures,

Textural terms are as defined by Joplin

(1968). Blastopsammitic to Jepidoblastic tex-

STRUCTURAL GEOLOGY—KANMANTOO GROUP 53

SUB-AREA 1

ND

<

a

cs

bx

ps]

2

w

SUB-AREA L

SUB- AREA 2

SCALE

KILOMETRES

Fig. 14. Representative orientations of bedding planes and axial planes for first, second and third defor-

mations. Note strong orientation variationsin Sp and S» between sub-areas,

tures are common in basal metasandstones of

turbidite sequences while schistose textures pre-

dominate in metalutites and schists. The varia-

tion from blastopsammitie to schistose texture

is evident within single turbidite sequences.

Small lenticular units of more calcareous com-

position often exhibit a mortar-like texture.

Extensive nucleation and limited grain growth

along grain boundaries has produced the

apparent cataclastic texture.

Microscopic textural analysis

The crystallisation-deformation relationships

have been determined microscopically, using

the technique of Spry (1969) to establish

changes in grade of metamorphism during the

deformation history. Thin sections which form

the basis of these observations and interpreta-

tions are deposited at the Flinders University

of South Australia (numbered 2-7-4 to

2-7-57). Terminology of metamorphic zones

(chlorite, biotite and andalusite-staurolite) fol-

lows that of Offler & Fleming (1968).

Mineral Growth Synchronous with First-

Generation Structures

S, schistosity, where developed, is defined

by a perfect (001) mica cleavage and dimen-

sional preferred orientation of biotite and mus-

covite, Textural equilibrium is indicated and

chlorite is absent in S, schists and structures.

Staurolite is developed on the margins of some

$8; quartz veins within sub-area 1. Staurolite

poikiloblasts exhibit sigmoidal trains of inclu-

sions with the internal fabric often continuous

with the external fabric (S,), and the 8, schis-

tosity tends to wrap around the porphyroblasts

indicating pre-to syntectonic growth. Stauro-

lite in the absence of chlorite, and textural

equilibrium indicate staurolite zone (amphibo-

lite facies) conditions during the D, folding,

Aluminous pegmatites containing staurolite,

andalusite, sillimanite, margarite, beryl and

54 B,J. FLINT & A. FO GRADY

tourmaline, together with qttartz-leldspar pex-

matites are interpreted to have been emplaced

during the D, folding. Quartz-leldspar pexnr-

Hites (containing tourmaline and garnet) are

folded disharmonically by Du and contain J.

joints. Near Victor Harbor, pegmatites in Kan-

mantue Group sedimeuts are also folded by

D, (Daily & Milnes 1973), White et al.

(1967), Diseh et af (1971), and Milnes etal

(1977), using field relationships and Rh-Sr

dating have shown that granite and pegmatite

emplacement in Kanmantoo Group metasedi-

ments ulsewhere occurred during a high tem:

perature mutamorphic and deformation event

As andalsitestauralite zone conditions are

postulated to have been attained only during

1D), 1 is concluded that the pegmatites in the

West Bay area were intruded during the first

folding phase. Daily & Milnes (1973) noted

development at Vietor Harbour of a Dy sehis-

tosity in the margins of the Encouner Bay

Granites and boudinaged granite shects, and

concluded thal granite intrusum was prior to

the culmination of first folding phase in that

aren.

Mineral Growth past-D, and preeDy Felding

The grade of metamorphism during the inter-

kinematic phase appears to be the biotite zone

of the greenschist facies, Primary mineralogy

WM the “liminous pegmatites shows substantial

alteration of andalusite to muscavite, fibrolitic

silinnanite amt margarite Chowtie structures),

SUlimmnite has oucleated st andulusite-musce

vite boundaries and grown perpendicular to

mndalusite prisms, Although fibrolite ts present

vlsewhere within the Kanmantoo Croup, silli-

manite without attlalusite and staurolite is

necessary before classification within the silli-

manite zone (Olfler & Fleming 68; Fleming

(973) Muscovile formation from andalusite

an the aluminows pegmatifes is the prominent

feature of post-D, to pre-Do crystallisation,

Mineral Growth Syvachronans with Second

CFenerafinen Steuenires

S$, schistusily 14 typified by extensive equilib

rium textures, perlect alignment of lu01)

biotite and muscovite (001) and apparently

formed under low amphibolite Facies condi

tions. S. schistosity textures alo not shaw the

same degree of textural equilibrium, S. sehis

tosity is defined by an imperfect erystallo

grapluc and dimensional preferred orientations

of bietile and miuseavite. Quartz is mare even

grained and only shebtly elongute parallel te

the schistosity. Grain boundaries ure otter

curved and irregular, while 120" triple points

add quartz-quartz boundries perpendicular to

mica (QUT) are quite rate, No Dy syt-teetanic

porphytoblasts are present, Biotite zone

(2reenschist facies) conditions during the D..

folding are coneliided.

Mineral Growth post-Dy and pre-D,, Folding

Porphyroblastic muscovite growth charac,

lerises this interkinematic period, Muscovite

Nukes are either equant or lath-shaped (length

to width ratio of less than 3:1) and do not

define # dimensional or crystallographic pre-

ferred orientation, S, schistosity défined by

trails of dusty opaques is continuous through

the muscovite porphyroblasts while S. biotile-

quartz schistosity ends abruptly at the edge of

muscovite laths, Further museoyite reerystal-

lisation from andalusite. sillimanite and maf-

garite in the aluminous pegmuatites is also inter-

preted,

Mineral Growth Synchronous with Uhird

Generation Structures

D. is charucterised by the development ol

crenulation cleavage within sub-area 2 while in

jhe northern portion of sub-area |, transposed

bedding and a schistosily represent 8. stroc-

tures. Syn-D., porphyroblasts are absent. Large

reorientations of S$; and S. schistosities in sub-

urea 2 are predominantly by crenulating, with

limited recrystallisation, In hinge zones of Dy

evenulstion folds, quartz-biotite boundaries are

noticeably diffuse and gradational, wnd some

micas have curved (O01) cleavages, Biotite

and muscovite aligned sub-parallel to the

erenulation cleavaze are rare and have diffuse

graith boundaries. Within the northern portion

of sub-area 1, a quartz-biotite-muscovite sehis-

tosity iy associated with transposed bedding,

Lack of chloritisation and any amphibolite

facies mineral assemblages, together with a

quartz-hiutite-muscowte S&. schistosity within

the northern portion of sub-area 1, suggests

Inatite Zone (greensehist facies) Conditions

during Dy folding,

Miner! Grawth post-O., Faliding

Chiotite and garnet erystallised after PD,

folding. Garnets are typically pale plik idio-

blastic porphyroblasts. melision-free and

supermmposcd oon all sehistosities. Earlier

formed S$, staurolite porphyroblusts fire often

fetrogressed To garnet with randomly oriented

chiorile S,; and S., biotites are pseudomorphed

by chlorite bur only in specimens also contain

ing rardomly oriented post-D. chlorites. Post-

STRUCTURAL GEOLOGY—KANMANTOO GROUP ai

BD, is the only recognised period of chloritisa-

hoo und indicates a lowering of grade from

biatite to chlorite zone (greenschist facies),

Mortar textures in some quartz-mica metasand-

stones aud calcarcous assemblages may esult

from Dy or post-D., nucleation and limited

grain growth,

Discussion

Deformation involving an axial plane schis-

tosity with cach of the three significant folding

phases in such a small area is unusual, Folding

phases D,-D,—D, of OMer & Floming (19683)

und 194-D, of Daily & Milnes (1973) are

correlated with the three deformations in Flin-

ders Chase.

D, tolding has caused the regional trends in

hedding orientation, an |literpretation common

to many studies on the Kianmantoo Group.

Minor macroscopic warping with crenulation

cleavage and rare schistosity development

usually typifies D. and Dy (OMer & Fleming

1968). In Flinders Chase both Du and Dy

macroscopically and mesoseopically fold

earlier structures with the development of

crenulation cleavages and schislosities. Mow-

ever, Offler & Fleming (1968) report that Dy

axial surfaces are usually steep and have a

meridional trend, but hear West Bay S_ has an

average orientation dipping 45° towards 035".

Subdivision of metamorphic grade jnte

chlorite, biotite: and andalusite-staurolite zones

(Offer & Fleming 1968), is consistent with

observed assemblages in Flinders Chase.

Mineralogy and apparent petrogenesis is in

keeping with low-pressure intermediate facies

seTics metamorphism; a vonclusion of Joplin

(1968), Olller & Fleming (1968) and Daily &

Milnes (1973),

In Flinders Chase, the only amphibolite

facies index mineral observed is carly- to syn-

Dy staurolite. Pre- to carly syn-D, cordierite

and quartz azeregates have heen identified at

Viclor Harbor (Daily & Milnes 1973), Else-

where, post-D,, amphibolite facics mineralogy

is commonly observed within the D,-D., inter-

Kinematic period representing the mujer

development of porphyroblasts (Offer &

Fleming |968). Post-D, and pre-B. porphy-

Toblasts are completely lacking at West Bay. Io

general, Offler & Fleming (1968) regard syn-

tectonic porphyrablustic growth as rate but in

Flinders Chase, Dy is associated with porphy-

foblastic staurolite and maximum grade of

metamorphism.

Acknowledgments

This work was supported and fynded by the

South Australian Department of Mines and

Energy and the School of Earth Sciences. Flin-

ders University. The authors benefited from

useful comments, suggestions and eriticisms by

De C.D. Branch, Dr M, J. Abbott, Mr R. F,

Berry and Mr R, BH. Flint.

Published with permission of the Director-

General, Department of Mines and Energy,

South Australia.

References

Daily, B. & Mirnes, A. R. (1971) Stratigraphic

notes on Lower Cambrian fossiliferous meta-

sediments between Campbell Creek and Tun-

kalilla Beach jn the type section of the Kan-

manloo Group, Fleurieu Peninsula, South

Australia, Trans, R, Soc. 8, Aust, 98(4), (99-

214,

Dany, B. & Milnes, A, R, (1972) Revision af

the stratigraphic nomenclature of the Cum-

brian Kanmantoo Group, South Austraha 4

geol. Soe, Aust, 19, 197-202.

Daity, B. & Mines, A. R. (1973) Stratigraphy,

slructure and metamorphism of the Kanrmyn-

too Group (Cambrian) in its type section east

of Tunkalilla Beach, South Austtalia. Tren.

RL Soe. 8, Ausi, 97(3), 213-251.

Dasci, EL J,, Nespirr, R. W, & Mires, AR

(1971) Rubidium-strontium geochronology ws

the Encounter Bay grate and adjacent meta-

sedimentary rocks, South Australia. J. geal.

Sav, Anse, 18(F), 259-266,

Foeming, PL DBD. (1973) Me-Fe distribution

between coexisting garnet and biotite, and the

status of fibrolite in the andalusite-staurplite

zone of the Mt Lofty Ranges. South Aus-

tralia, Geol, May. 109(6), 477-482.

Biint, D, 4, (1978) Deep sex fan sedimentation

of the Kanmantoo Group, Kangaroo Island.

Trang RK. Suc. S. Att. 102, 203-22

Hons, B. E.. Means, W. D. & Wittiams, P. F.

(1976) “An outline of structural geolory”,

(Wiley: New York.)

Jorun, GA, (1968) “A Pelrography of Austra-

han Meétamerptic Rocks". (Angus & Robert-

son: Sydney,)

Masor, R. H & Vireis, V. (1973) The geeloey

wt the Vennechar and Borda |{50 000 map

areas, Kangaroo Islan, Min. Resour. Nev, 8,

Aust, 134, 38-5].

Mirts, K, J. (1973) The struct! geology of the

Warren National Park and tte western por-

ion of the Mount Crawford State Forest,

South Australia. Vrans, Ro Sor, 8S) Apel,

9764), 181-315.

56 D. J. FLINT & A. E. GRADY

Mines, A. R., Compstron, W. & Damy, B.

(1977) Pre-to syntectonic emplacement of

Early Palaeozoic granites in south-eastern

South Australia. J. geol. Soc. Aust. 24(2),

87-106.

OFFLer, R. & FLEMING, P. D. (1968) A synthesis

of folding and metamorphism in the Mt

Lofty Ranges, South Australia, Ibid. 15(2),

245-266.

Price, N. J. (1966) “Fault and joint development

in brittle and semi-brittle rock”. (Pergamon:

London).

RickarD, M. J. (1971) A classification diagram

for fold orientations. Geol. Mag. 108(2), 23-

36.

Spry, A. (1969) “Metamorphic Textures”. (Per-

gamon: Oxford.)

TuHomson, B. P. (1969) The Kanmantoo Group

and Early Palaeozoic tectonics. Jn L. W.

Parkin (Ed.) “Handbook of South Australian

Geology”, pp. 97-108. (Govt Printer:

Adelaide).

THomson, B. P. (1975) Kanmantoo Trough—

Regional geology and comments on

mineralisation; Jn L. Knight (Ed.)

“Economic Geology of Australia and Papua

New Guinea”, pp. 555-559. (Aust. Inst. Min.

Metal.: Adelaide. )

Turner, F. J. & Weiss, L. E, (1963) “Structural

Analysis of Metamorphic Tectonites”.

(McGraw-Hill: New York.)

Waits, A. J. R., Compston, W. & KLEEMAN,

A. W. (1967) The Palmer Granite—a study

of a granite within a regional metamorphic

environment, J. Petrol, 8(1), 29-50.

VOL. 103, PARTS 3 & 4 31 MAY, 1979

TRANSACTIONS OF THE

ROYAL SOCIETY

OF SOUTH AUSTRALIA

INCORPORATED

CONTENTS

Shiel, R. J. & Koste, W. Rotifera recorded from Australia - - - = 57

von der Borch, C. C. & Altmann, M. Holocene stratigraphy and evolution of

the Cooke Plains embayment, a former extension of Lake

Alexandrina, South Australia - - - - - - 69

Suter, P. J. A revised key to the Australian genera of mature Mayfly

(Ephemeroptera) Nymphs - - - - - - - 79

Staples, David A. Three mew species of Propallene Pic nee cries Callipal-

lenidae) from Australian waters - - - - 85

Teale, Graham S. Revision of nomenclature for Palaeozoic intrusives of the

Mount Painter Province, South Australia = - = - - 95

Moore, P. C. Stratigraphy of the Early Cambrian Edeowie Limestone Mem-

ber, Flinders Ranges, South Australia - - - - - 101

PUBLISHED AND SOLD AT THE SOCIETY’S ROOMS

STATE LIBRARY BUILDING

NORTH TERRACE, ADELAIDE, S.A. 5000

ROTIFERA RECORDED FROM AUSTRALIA

BY R. J. SHIEL AND W. KOSTE

Summary

Three hundred and thirty-one taxa of Rotifera, in 73 genera, are recorded from Australia. Species

names, with published synonymy, are listed alphabetically. Locality records are also given.

ROTIFERA RECORDED FROM AUSTRALIA

by R. J. SHrec* and W. Kostet

Summary

Smet, R. J. & Koste, W. (1979) Rotifera recorded from Australia, Trans. R. Soe, §, Aust.

103(3), 57-68, 31 May, 1979.

Three hundred and thirty-one taxi of Rotiferd, in 73 genera, are recorded from Australia.

Species names, with published synonymy, are listed alphabetically, Locality records are alse

piven,

Introduction

Despite increasing interest in Australia’s

inland water resources, little is Known of the

ubiquitous rotifer fauna. Since the work of

Anderson & Shephard (1892), Colledge

(1909-1924), Shephard (1892-1922) and

others, the only reports of Rotifera have been

species lists from single collections (Russell

1957, 1961; Berzins 1953, 1955, 1963) or

individual descriptions (Sudzuki 1975; Sud-

yuki & Timms 1977), Taxonomic confusion

within the group has persisted; no adequate

record of the rotifers of Australia is extant.

This paper contributes a list of all species

recorded to date from the continent. Recent

advances in taxonomy, particularly with the

recognition of morphological variability within

species (see Koste 1978) has enabled synony-

mies to be established for many of the early

records. Of more than 450 recorded species,

279 are recognized here. A further 52 taxa are

recorded for the first time as a result of a sur-

vey of the zooplankton of the Murray-Darling

system (Shicl 1978, 1979, in press, in prep.!:

Koste 1979). Varieties are included in the list

because in some cases they are the only repre-

sentatives of the species found to date in Aus-

tralia.

The format adopted is as follows: valid

species names sare given in alphabetical order,

Frequently occurring synonyms and date of

synonymy are given with each valid mame, as

are locality data and principal references.

References citing Rotifera to genus only have

been excluded, as have some of the many early

works with repetitive listings. Nomina dubia

and records which are uncertain due to insuf-

ficient information, typographical or locality

errors are listed separately. Sources of

synonymy are: Chengalath (1977), Harring

(1913). Koste (1978), Kutikova (1970), Rus-

sell (1961), Ruttner-Kolisko (1974), Sudzuki

(1964) and Voigt (1956/1957).

Rotifera recorded from Australia

Adineia barbata Janson, 1893

Locality: N.S.W. (Murray 1911).

Adineta gracilis Janson, 1893

Locality: N.S.W. (Murray 191 1)).

Adincta longicornis Murray, 1906

Locality: N.S.W. (Murray 1911).

Adineta tuberculosa Janson, 1893

Locality; N.S.W. (Murray 1911),

Adineta vaga (Davis) 1873

Locality: N.S.W. (Murray (911).

Anuraeopsis fissa (Gosse) 1851

1851 Anuraea fissa Gosse.

1886 Anuraea hypelasma Gosse.

Locality: N.S.W. (Whitelegge

W.A. (Berzims 19453),

Ascomorpha ecaudis (Perty) 1850

I85L Sacculus viridiy Gosse.

Locality; N.S.W. (Whitelegze 1889), Qld

(Colledge 1911).

Ascomorpha ovalis (Carlin) 1943

Locality: N.S.W. (Shiel in prep. ).

Asplanchna brightwelli Gosse, 1850

Locality: N.S.W. (Whitelegge 1889), Qld

(Thorpe 1889. Colledge 1911, Russell

1961). S.A. (Shiel, 1978), Vic. (Ander-

son & Shephard 1892, Shiel 1978),

W.A. (Berzins 1953).

1889),

* Department of Zoology. University of Adelaide, G.P.O. Box. 498, Adelaide, S. Aust. 500),

’ Ludwip-Brill-Strasse 5. Quakenbrick D-4570, West Germany.

\Shiel, R. J. Ecology of the potamoplankton of the Murray-Darling river system. PhD thesis. in

preparation,

58 R. J. SHIEL & W. KOSTE

Asplanchna girodi (De Guerre) 1888

Locality: N.S.W. (Shiel in prep.).

Asplanchna intermedia Hudson, 1886

Locality: Qld (Colledge 1914).

Asplanchna priodonta Gosse, 1850

Locality: N.S.W. (Shiel in prep.), Qld

(Russell, 1961), Vic. (Shiel, in prep.).

Asplanchna sieboldi (Leydig) 1854

1883 Asplanchna ebbesbornii Hudson.

1889 ?Asplanchna amphora Hudson.

Locality: N.S.W. (Whitelegge 1889), Qld

(Colledge 1911), Vic. (Shephard,

1899).

Asplanchnopus hyalinus Harring, 1913

Locality: Vic. (Shiel in prep.).

Asplanchnopus multiceps (Schrank) 1793

1878 Asplanchna myrmelio Eyferth.

Locality: N.S.W. (Whitelegge 1889); Qld

(Colledge 1914), Vic. (Anderson &

Shephard 1899).

Beauchampia crucigera (Dutrochet) 1812

1862 Cephalosiphon limnias Gosse.

Locality: N.S.W. (Whitelegge 1889), Qld

(Colledge 1914), Vic. (Anderson &

Shephard 1892).

Brachionus angularis Gosse, 1851

Locality: S.A. (Shiel 1979), Qld (Col-

ledge 1911), Vic. (Shiel in prep.), W.A.

(Berzins 1953).

Brachionus angularis bidens Plate, 1886

1886 Brachionus bidens Plate.

Locality: Vic. (Shiel in prep.).

Brachionus baylyi Sudzuki & Timms, 1977

Locality: N.S,W. (Sudzuki 1975).

Brachionus bidentata bidentata Anderson, 1889

Locality: Vic. (Shiel in prep.).

Bracrionus bidentata jirovci Bartos, 1947

Locality: Vic. (Shiel in prep.).

Brachionus bidentata testudinarius Jacubski, 1912

Locality: Vic. (Shiel, in prep.).

Brachionus budapestinensis (Daday) 1885

1894 Brachionus quadridentatus Kertesz.

Locality: N.S.W. (Shiel 1979), S.A.

(Shiel in press).

Brachionus calyciflorus amphiceros Ehrenberg,

1838

Locality: Qld

(Shiel, 1979).

Brachionus calyciflorus aneuriformis Brehm, 1909

1909 Brachionus anuraeformis Brehm.

Locality: S.A, (Shiel in press), Vic.

(Shiel, 1979).

Brachionus calyciflorus calyciflorus Pallas, 1766

1838 Brachionus pala Ehrenberg.

Locality: N.S.W. (Shiel 1979), S.A.

(Shiel in prep.), Qld (Russell 1961),

Vic. Shephard 1899, Powling 1979).

(Colledge 1911), S.A.

Brachionus caudatus Barrois & Daday, 1894

1911 ?Brachionus lyratus Shephard.

Locality: Qld (Russell 1961), Vic. (Shep-

hard 1911).

Brachionus dichotomus Shephard, 1911

Locality: Vic. (Shephard

(Shiel, in prep.).

Brachionus diversicornis (Daday) 1883

1883 Schizocerca diversicornis Daday.

Locality: S.A. (Shiel in press),

(Powling 1979).

Brachionus falcatus Zacharias, 1898

Locality: Qld (Colledge 1909, 1911; Rus-

sell 1961), S.A. (Shiel in press), Vic.

(Shiel in prep.).

Brachionus keikoa Koste, 1979

Locality: S.A. (Koste 1979), Qld (Shiel

in prep.).

Brachionus leydigii rotundus (Rousselet) 1907

1907 Brachionus quadratus var. rotundus

Rousselet.

Locality: Vic. (Shiel in prep.).

Brachionus novaezealandia (Morris) 1912

Locality: S.A. (Shiel in press),

(Shiel in prep.).

Brachionus patulus Miller, 1786

1948 Platyias patulus Gillard.

Locality: N.S.W. (Whitelegge 1889), Qld

(Thorpe 1889).

Brachionus plicatilis Miiller, 1786

1834 Brachionus miilleri Ehrenberg.

1911), Qld

Vic.

Vic.

Locality: Qld (Russell 1961), Vic.

(Walker 1973).

Brachionus quadridentatus melheni Barrois &

Daday, 1894

1894 Brachionus capsuliformis var. melheni

Barrois & Daday.

Locality: Vic. (Shiel 1979).

Brachionus quadridentatus quadridentatus Her-

mann, 1783

1766 Brachionus capsuliflorus Pallas.

1786 Brachionus bakeri Miiller.

1889 Brachionus bakeri var. longispinae

Thorpe.

Locality: Qld (Russell 1961), Vic. (Shiel

1978), W.A. (Berzins 1953),

Brachionus urceolaris bennini Leissling, 1924

Locality: S.A. (Shiel 1979), Vic. (Shiel

in prep. ).

Brachionus urceolaris nilsoni Ahlstrom, 1940

Locality: Vic. (Shiel in prep.).

Brachionus urceolaris rubens Ehrenberg, 1838

Locality: Qld (Colledge 1911, Russell

1961), Vic, (Anderson & Shephard

1892, Shiel 1979).

Brachionus urceolaris urceolaris (Miller) 1773

Locality: Qld (Colledge 1911), S.A.

(Koste 1979), Vic. (Shiel 1979).

ROTIFERA FROM AUSLRALIA 34)

Cephalodella binngulara Wulfert, 1937

Locality: Vie. (Shiel in prep.)

Ceplaladella catellina (Miller) 1786

1830 Diglenu calelling Ehrenberg,

Locality: N.S.W. (Whitelegge 1X8).

Cephaladella forficata (Ehrenberg) 1832

1832 Diaschiza /orfieata Ehrenberg.

1832 Norommata forficata: Ehrenberg,

1886 Diaschiza paeta Gasse.

1886 Fureularla ensifera Gosse.

1903 Dieschizu caeeu Dixon-Nuttall

muti.

Locality: N.S.W. (Whitelegge 1889), Old

(Colledpe 1911, 1914).

Céphaladella Jorfieula (Mhrenberg) 1832)

1838 Fureularia fovficula Ehrenberg.

Loculity; N.S,W. (Whitelegge 1889: Mur

ray 1913), Qld (Colledge 1914), W.A,

(Berzins 1953).

Cephalodella gibba gibba (Ehrenberg) [832

1886 Diaschiza sriniaperta Gosse.

Locality: N.S.W, (Whitelegge [889),

Old (Colledge 1911), S.A. (Shiel in

prep,), Vie. (Anderson & Shephard

1892).

Cephalodella gislen’ Berzins, 1953

Locality: S.A. (Shicl in press), W.A.

(Berzins 1953).

Cephalodella tenuiseta (Burn) 1890

Locality: W.A, (Berzins 1953),

Cephalodella tinea Wulfert 1937

Locality: Vic, (Shiel in prep.).

& Free-

Ceratotrocha cornigera (Bryce) 1893

Locality; N.S.W. (Murriy 1911).

Chromogaster ovalis (Bergendal) 1892

1892 dAnapus ovalus Bergendul,

Locality: Qld (Colledge 1911),

Collotheca ambigua (Hudson) (883

1883 Floscularia ambivua Hudson.

Locality; N.S.W, (Whitelegee [889). Vie.

(Anderson & Shephard 1892).

Collotheca cumpanulata (Dobie) 1849

(R49 Flosentaria campanulata Dobje

Locality: N.S.W. (Whitelegge. ISRY),

Old (Colledge 1911, 1914), Vie.

(Anderson & Shephard 1892),

Collatheca cornuta (Doble) 1849

1849 Floseularia vornnta Dobie,

Locality; N.S.W. (Whilelegge IS89), Vie.

(Anderson & Shephard 1892),

Collatheen coronetra (Cubbitt) (869

1869 Flaseulavia coreanetia Cubiut.

Locality; N)S,W. (Hudson [889), Old

(Thorpe 1889). S.A. (Hudson J889),

Vic. (Anderson & Shephard 1892),

Collothecu cyclaps Cubitt, 1871

Locality: NUS.W, (Whitelegge 1889),

Colloiheca evansonii (Anderson & Shephard) 1892

1892 Floseularia evensonti Anderson & Shep-

hurd.

Locality:

(892),

Coallorheca longicaundata (Hudson) (883,

1883 Floscularia longicaudata Hudson,

Locality: Qld (Colledge 1911, 1914),

Collotheca mutabilis (Hudson) 1885

1885 Floseularia mutibilis Hudson,

Locality: N.S.W, (Shiel in prep. ),

Coallotheca ernata (Bhrenberg) 1832

1832 Floscularta ornata Ehrenberg.

Localitv: N.S.W. (Whitelegye 1889), Old

(Thorpe 1887, Colledge 1911}, Vie

(Anderson & Shephard 1892),

Callotheea pelagica (Rousselet) 1893

1893 Floscularia pelugica Rousselet

Locality! N.S.W, (Shiel, in prep.)

Collothéeca trilabara (Collins) L&72

1872 Floscutlaria trilabata Collins,

Locality: Qld (Colledge 1914},

Calurella bleuspidata (Ehrenberg) i832

1832 Colurus bicuspidatus Ehrenberg.

1832 Colurus uneinata f. bicuspidaia Bhyenbers.

Locality: N.S.W. (Whitelegge 1889), Vic.

(Anderson & Shephard 1892),

Colurella obtusa (Gosse) 1886

I8K6 Calurus obtuse Gosse.

1886 Colurus amhlytelus Gosse,

Locality: ™N.S,W, (Whitelegze 1889),

Qld (Thorpe (889, Russell 1961), W,A,

(Berzins 1953).

Colurella uncinata deflexa (Ehrenberg) 1834

1834 Colurus deflexuy Ehrenberg.

Locality: Qld (Colledge 1911),

Calurella ancinata wneinata (Miller) 1773

1773 Brachlonus uncinatuy Miller,

1830 Colurus uncinatus; Ehrenberg.

1886 Colurus dactylatiy Gosse,

Locality: N.S.W. (Whitelegge 1889), Ql

(Colledge 1911), Vic. (Shiel in prep.)

Conachilus coenabasiv (Skorikow) 1914

W114 Canochilaides coeriobasis Skorikow.

Locality: Vic. (Berzins 1963).

Conochilus doystarius (Hudson) 1885

1&85 Conochiloides dassuarius Hudson,

Locality; N.S.W., S.A,, Vie. (Shiel 1974,

in press), Qld (Colledge 1911).

Vie. (Anderson & Shephard,

Conachilus hippacrepis (Schrank) 1830)

1834 Conovlilus valves Ehrenberg,

Locality: Qld (Colledge 1909, Russell

Wel), Vice. (Anderson & Shephare

1842).

Conochilus narans (Seligo) 1900

1900 Tubicelaris natans Seligo.

1904 Conachiloides narans: Alay

60 R, | SHIEL & W. KOSTE

Locality: Qld (Russell 1961), S.A,, Wie.

(Shiel in press, in prep.).

Conochilus unicorniy Rousselei, 1892

Locality; Qld (Colledge 1911), S.A,, Vie.

(Shiel in press, in prep. ),

Cupelopayis vorax (Leidy) 1857

Locality: Vic. (Shiel 1979).

Cyrtona tiba (Ehrenberg) 1834

1834 Notommata tuba Ehrenberg.

Locality: Old (Colledge 1911).

Dicranophorus caudataus (Ehrenberg) 1834

[851 Diglena biraphis Gosse.

Locality: Qld (Thorpe [889).

Dicranophorus farcipatus (Miller) 1786

1832 Diglena forcipata: Ehrenberg.

Locality: N.S.W, (Whitelegge 1889), Old

(Colledge 1914), Vic. Shiel in prep. s.

Dicranophorus erandis (Fhyenberg) (832

1832 Diglena grundis Bhrenberg.

Locality: Qld (Colledge 1911. 1914),

Dicranapharus haueriensis Wisniewski, 1939

Locality: Vic. (Shiel in prep.).

Dicranophorus lutkeni (Bergendal) 1892

Locality: Vic, (Shiel in prep.).

Diplois daviesiae Gosse, 1886

Locality: Qld (Thorpe 1887).

Disyotrocha aculeata (Ehrenberg 1832)

1832 Philodina aculeata Ehvenberg.

Locality: N-S.W. (Whitelegge 1889),

Dissairoeha macrostyla (Ehrenberg, 1838)

Loeality: NvS.W_, Qld (Murray, 1911).

Elosa woralli Lord, 1891

Locality; NSW. (Murray 1913),

Encentrum felis (Miller) 1773

1886 Proales felis: Hudson & Gosse,

Locality: NLS.W. (Whiteleguc 1889),

Eneenivam putorius putoriny Wulfert, 1936

Locality: Vic. (Shiel in prep.1.

Bncentrum saundersiae (Audson) 1885

1885 Tuphrocampa saundersiae Hudson,

Locality:

Futeruplea lacustris Fhrenberg, 1830

(889 Triphylus lacustris: Hudson & Gosse.

Locality: Old (Colledge 1914).

Eusphora ehrenbergii Weber, 1918

1832 Noetommiata najas Ehrenberg,

Locality: Vic. (Anderson & Shephard,

i892).

Koesphora najas Ehrenberg, 1830

1838 Eosphora digitata Ehrenbers.

Locality: Qld (Colledge 1911).

Epiphanes brachionas (Ehrenberg) 1837

1837 Notommate hrachionus Ehrenbers.

1886 Notops brachionus Hudson,

Locality: Old (Colledge

(Shephard 1899),

Epiphanes clavalate (Ehrenberg) 1832

1832 Notanmmoate clavidate Ehrenberg.

(914), Vie.

(886. Notops clavulatus:Hudson,

Locality: QId (Thorpe 1889, Colledge

1911, 1914), S.A. Vie. (Shiel 1979. in

press).

/piphanes venta (Miller) (773

1830 Aydarina seria Ehrenberg.

Locality; N.S.W. (Whiteleuge 1889), Vie.

(Anderson & Shephard 1892),

Euehlanis deflexa (Gosse) 1851

Locality: Vic. (Shijel

(Berzins 1953).

KLuchlanis dilatata dilwtata Ehrenberg, 1832

Locality; N.S.W. (Whitelegge 1889).

Qld (Colledge 1941, Russell 1961), S.A.

(Shiel, in press), Vic. (Anderson &

Shephard 1892, Shephard 1899),

Kuchlanis dilarate larga (Kutikova) 1959

Locality: Vic. (Shiel in prep.).

Lnuchlanis dilatata lucksiana Hauer. 1930

Locality: Vic., S.A, (Shiel in prep.),

Ruchlanis ineisa Carlin, 1939

Locality: Vic. (Shiel 1979).

Fuchlanis tyra Andson, 1886

Locality; Vic, (Berzins 1963),

Euchlanis meneta Myers, 1930

Locality: Vic. (Berzins 1963).

Euchlanis eropha Gosse, 1887

Locality: Qld (Colledge 191] ),

Euchlanis parve Rowsselet, 1892

Locality: Vic. (Shiel, in prep. ).

Guchlanis triquetra Bhrenberg, (838

Locality: N.S.W. (Whiteleggee 1889), Qld

(Thorpe 1887, 1889).

Filinia braehiata (Rovsselet) 1901

1901 Triarthra brachiata Rousselet.

Locality: N.S.W. (Murray 1911),

Filinia longiseta (Ehrenberg) 1834

1834 Triarthra longiveta Ehrenberg.

Locality: N.S.W. (Shiel, 1978), Qld

(Thorpe 1889, Colledge 1911), S.A

(Shiel 1979), Vie. (Anderson & Shep-

hard 1892).

Filinia longisera lininetica (Zacharias) 1893

Locality: S.A. (Shiel in press).

Filinix apoliensis (Zacharias) 1898

(898 Teranwastiv opoliensis Zacharias.

Locality; Qld (Russell 1961), S.A. (Shiel

1978).

Filinia passa (Miiller) 1786

Locality: S.A., Vic. (Shicl in press),

Filinia pejleri Hutchinson, 1964

Locality: N.S.W_, S.A. (Shicl in press).

Filinia pejlert grandis Koste, t979

Locality: S.A. (Koste 1979),

Filinia terminalis (Plate) 1886

Locality: S.A. (Shiel, 1979, in press).

Floycularia caonifera (Hudson) 1886

(886 Melicert conilera Audson,

in prep.), W.A,

ROTIFERA FROM AUSTRALIA 61

Locality: N.S.W. (Whitelegge 1889), Old

(Thorpe 1889, Colledge 1914), Vie.

(Anderson & Shephard 1892).

Floscidaria janus (Wudson) 1&8 1

[886 Melicerta janus Hudson,

Locality; N.S,W, (Whitelegge 1884),

Flosenlaria melicerta (Ehrenberg) 1832

1886 Metlicerta tihlcolaria Gosse.

1899 Meliceria fombrtata Shephard & Stickland,

Locality; Qld (Colledge 1911. 1924), Vic,

(Shephard & Sticklund 1899).

Flosculuria rineens (Linnaeus) 1958

1803) Melleerta ringens:Sehrank.

Locality: N.S.W. (Whitelegge. I889);

Qld (Thorpe 1889, Colledge 1909),

Vic, (Anderson & Shephard 1842).

Castropus livptopus (BRhrenberg) 1838

[838 Nofonunate liv ptepus Ehrenberg,

Locality: Qld, (Russell 1961), N.S.W.

(Shiel in prep.).

Guastrapus minor (Rousselet) 1892

1892 Notops minar Rousselet.

Locality: Old (Colledge 1911), N.S5.W.

(Shiel in prep.).

Gastropus stvlifer Imhof, 1891

Locality: Qld (Colledge 1911).

Hahrerrocha anvusticoltis (Murray) 1905

Locality! N.S.W., Qld (Murray 1911),

Habrotracha appendiculata Murray. 1911

Locality: Qld (Laird 1956, Russell 1961)

Mabrotrocha asperu (Bryce) 1892

Locality; N.S.W. (Murray 19th),

Habrorecha constricia (Dujardin) (841

Locality; N.S.W, (Murray 1911)

Fabroirocha caudata Murray, 1911

Locality: N.S.W,, Old (Murray (911).

Habratrocha leitvelli (Zelinka) 1886

Locality: N.S.W. (Murray 1911).

Habretrocha longiceps (Murray) 1906

1906 Callidina foigieeps Murtay.

Locality:

Hahrotracha perfarata (Murray 1906

Locality: N.S.W., Ql (Murray 1911).

UWabreirocha pusilla (Bryce) 1896

Locality: N.S.W, (Murray (Yt),

Halvotrocha strangulate Murray, 1911

Logulity; N.S.W. (Murray 1911),

Huabyetracta tridens (Milne) 1886

Locality: N.S.W_ (Murray 1911),

Hexarthra jennica (Levunder) 1892

Locality; Qld (Russell 1961 )-

Hexarthra intermedia (Wisziewski) 1929

Locality; N.S.W,, S.A. Vic. (Shiel. 1978,

in press},

Nexarthra jenkinae (Bewuchamp) 1932

Locality: Vig, (Wilker 1973),

Hexarthra mira (Hudson) 1871

1871 Pedalia mira Hudson

Locality; N.S.W., S.A. Vie,

prep.), Qld (Russell 1961).

Horaella brehmi Donner, 1949

Locality; S.A. (Koste & Shiel.

lished ),

Tia aurita (Ehrenberg) 1830

1830 Diglena aurita Ehrenberg.

1836 Eoyphora aurita:Werneck

Locality: Qld (Colledge 1911),

AKerazella australis Berzins, 1963

1963 Reratella quadrata australis Berzins.

Locality: N.S.W., Qld, SoA., Vico (Shiel,

1978, 1979), Vie. (Berzins 1963),

Keratella cachleariy cochlearis (Gosse) 1851

1851 Anraca Cochlearis Gosse.

Locality; Vie. (Berzins 1963), NuS.W,,

S.A. (Shiel 1978, 1979), Qld (Colledge

19th).

Reraiella cocileariy hispida (Lauterbarn) 1898

Loculity: Qld (Russell 1961).

Reraiella crucifaritts (Thompson) 1892

Locality: Qld (Colledge 1914).

Keraiella javana Hauer, 1937

1952 Keratella cartndia Russell.

Locality: Vic. (Berzins 1963), W.A, Ber-

zins 1953).

Keralella lens? Hauer, 1953

Locality: Qld (Berzims 1955).

Keratella procarva (Thorpe) 1891

1891 Anuaéa procurva Thorpe.

1943 Neratella valva procurva: Ahlstrom,

Locality; Vic (Berzins 1963), W.A. (Ber-

zins 1953).

Keratella quedrata (Miiller) 1786

1832 Annraea aculeaia Ehrenberg,

1838 Anuraea curvicornis Ehrenberg.

Locality: N.S.W. (Whitelegge [889), Old

(Thorpe 1889), Vic. (Anderson &

Shephard 1892).

Keratella serrulata (Ehrenberg) 1838

1838 Anuraeca serrilata Ehrenberg.

Locality: Qld (Russell 1961), S.A. (Shiel

in press).

Kerutella shieli Koste, 1979

Locality: S.A. (Koste 1979),

Aeraiclla slucki (Berzins) 1963

1963 Keratella valga slack Berains,

Locality: Vic. (Berzins 1963), SA. (Shicl

1979),

Keratella trapica tropicu (Apstein) 1907

Locality; Qld {Russell 1961).

S.A.. Vic. (Shiel 1979, in press).

Keratella valga (Ehrenberg) 1834

1834 Anuraca valea Ehrenberg.

Locality: Qld (Russell

Vic. (Shicl 1978).

(Shiel in

Lipub-

NSW,

1961). NS.W.,

62 Rk. J. SHIEL & W. KOSTE

Lacinularia elliptica Shephard, (897

Locality: Vic. (Shephard (897), Qld

(Colledge 1914), N.S.W.. S.A, (Shiel

in prep.).

Lacinularia elongata Shephard, 1897

Locality: Vic. (Shephurd 1897),

Lacinularia flosculosa (Miller) 1758

(830 Laelnnlaria socialis Ehrenberg.

Locality: N.S.W. (Whitelegge 1889), Old

(Colledge 1914), Vic. (Anderson &

Shephard 1892),

Lacinularia ismacloviensis (Poggenpul) 1872

1891 Lacinwaria natans Western.

Locality; Vic, (Shiel in prep.).

Lacinularia pedanculata Hudson, 1889

Locality: N.S.W. (Hudson 1889), Vie.

(Anderson & Shephard 1892).

Lacinularia racemayata Thorpe, 1892

Locality: Old (Colledge 1914),

Lachudaria reticulata Anderson & Shephard, (892

Locality: Vic. (Anderson & Shephard

1892),

Lacinularia strialata Shephard, 1899

Locality: Vic, (Shephard 1899),

Lecane arcuata (Bryce) (891

1891 Monestyla arenata Bryce.

Locality; Old (Russell 1961).

Levane batillifer (Murray) 1913

1913 Monostyla batillifer Murray

Locality: N.S.W. (Murray 1913).

Lecane brachydaetyla (Stenroos) 1898

1898 Cathyjne brachydactyla Stenroos,

Locality: Old (Colledge 1914).

Lecane balla bulla (Gosse) 1851

151 Moanastyla bulla Gosse.

Locality: N.S,W. (Whitclegge 1889),

Qld (Colledge 1911, Laird 1956), W.A,

(Berzins 1954), Vic, (Berzins 1963).

Lecane closterocerca (Schmarda) 1895

1926 Monostyla closteracerca: Harring and

Myers,

Localily: W,A,

(Shiel in prep.),

Leeane cornuta (Miller) 1786

1786 Trichada carnuia:Miiller,

1830 Monostyla cornuta Ehrenberg,

1830 Moneytyla rabusta Ehrenberg,

Locality: N.SW. (Sudzuki

1977}; Old. (Colledge 1911),

Lecane crenata (Harring) 1913

1913 Monostyla crenata Warring.

Locality: Old (Russell 1961), Vic. (Shict

in prep, ).

Lecane flexilis (Gosse) 1886

Locality’ Vic. (Shiel, in prep.}-

Levane hamata (Stokes) 1896

[896 Manostyla harhate Stokes.

Locality; Qld (Russell 1961), WA (Ber-

zins §=1963), Vic, (Shiel in Prep.),

N.S.W. (Murray 1913),

(Berzins 1953), Vie.

& ‘Timms,

Lecane iehthyoura (Anderson & Shephard) 1892

1892 Distyla lehthyoura Anderson & Shephard,

Locality; Vic. (Anderson & Shephard

1892),

Lecane leorttina (Turner) 1892

1892 Cathypua leantine Turner.

Locality: Qld (Colledge 1911),

Leeanhe lund luna (Miiller) 1776

1886 Cathypna lwhasGasse,

Loealily: N.S.W. (Whitelegge 1889), Old

(Thorpe 1889, Russell 1961), S.A.

(Shiel in press), W.A. (Berzins 1953),

Lecane lunaris (Bhrenberg) 1832

1832 Monoastyla lunariy Ehrenberg.

Locality: N.S.W. (Whitelegge (889), Qld

(Thorpe 1889), S.A., Vic, (Shiel in

press),

Lecane nana (Murray) 1913

1913 Cathypna nana Murray.

Locality: Qld (Russell 1961),

Fecane ohioensis (Hervick) 1885

Locality: Qlt (Colledge

(Shicl in prep.),

Lecane papuana (Murray) 1913

Locality: Qld (Russell 1961),

Lecane quadridentata (Ehrenherg) 1832

1832 Monostyla quadridentata Ehrenberg

Locality: Qld (Colledge 1911). Vic.

(Anderson & Shephard 1892),

Lecane signifera ploenensis (Voigt) 1902

Locality; Qld (Russell 1961),

(Shiel, in prep.),

Lecune signiferd sienifera (Jennings) 1896

Locality: Qld (Shiel in prep.).

Lecane spencer} (Shephard) 1892

1892 Cathypna spencert Shephard,

Locality: Vic. (Shephard 1892),

FLecane stenroasi (Meissner) 1908

1908 Monosiyla stenroosi Meissney,

Logulity: Old (Laird 1956, Russell 1987),

NSW, (Sudzuki & Timms 1977).

Lecane styrax (Harring & Myers) 1926

Locality: Qld (Russell 1961).

Lecate unpulata ungulata (Gosse) 1887

1887 Cathypna ungulata Gosse.

Locality: Qld (Colledge

1961),

Leetine uitenlata australiensis Koste 1979

Loculity: Vic, (Koste 1979).

Lepudella acuminata (Ehrenberg) 1834

1834 Meropidia acuminata Ehrenberg,

Locality: Qld (Colledge 1911),

Lepadella chrenbergi (Perty) 1850

[850 Meropidia chrenbergi Perty.

Locality: N.S.W. (Murray 1913).

Lepadella heterostyla (Murray) 1913

1913 Meropidia heterestyla Mutray.

Locality: N.S,W. (Murray 1913)

1914). Vie.

N.S.W.

1941, Russell

ROTIFERA FROM AUSTRALIA

Lepadella oblonga (Ehrenberg) 1834

1834 Metopidia oblonga Ehrenberg.

Locality: Qld (Colledge 1914).

Lepadella ovalis (Miller) 1786

1832 Metopidia lepadella Ehrenberg.

1851 Metopidia solidus Gosse.

Locality: N.S.W. (Whitelegge 1889), Qld

(Thorpe 1889, Colledge 1911), Vic.

(Anderson & Shephard 1892),

Lepadella patella patella (Miller) 1773

1889 Metopidia lepadella Hudson & Gosse.

1896 Metopidia collaris Stokes.

Locality: N.S.W. (Whitelegge 1889,

Murray 1913), Qld (Colledge 1911),

Vic. (Shiel in prep.), W.A. (Berzins

1953).

Lepadella quinquecostata (Lucks) 1912

1912 Metopidia quinquecostata Lucks.

Locality: N.S.W. (Murray 1913).

Lepadella rhomboides (Gosse 1886)

1886 Metopidia rhomboides Gosse.

Locality: N.S.W. (Murray 1911).

Lepadella salpina (Ehrenberg) 1834

1886 Metopidia oxysternum Gosse.

Locality: N.S.W. (Whitelegge 1889), Qld

(Colledge 1911).

Lepadella triptera (Ehrenberg) 1830

1830 Metopidia triplera Ehrenberg.

Locality: Qld (Colledge 1911).

Lepadella vitrea (Shephard) 1911

1892 Metopidia ovalis (non Miller) Anderson

& Shephard.

1911 Metopidia vitrea Shephard.

Locality: Qld (Colledge 1914), Vic.

(Anderson & Shephard 1892),

Limnias ceratophylli Schrank 1803

1862 Melicerta ceratophylli Gosse.

Locality: N.S.W. (Whitelegge 1889), Qld

(Thorpe 1889, Colledge 1909), Vic.

(Anderson & Shephard 1892).

Limnias granulosus Weber 1888

Locality: Vic. (Anderson

1892).

Limnias melicerta Wiesse, 1848

1854 Limnias annulatus Bailey.

Locality: N.S.W. (Whitelegge 1889), Qld

(Thorpe 1887), Vic. (Anderson &

Shephard 1892).

Lophocharis salpina (Ehrenberg) 1834

1851 Metopidia oxysternum Gosse.

Locality: Qld (Colledge

(Shiel in prep.).

& Shephard,

1914). Vie,

Macrochaetus collinsi (Gosse) 1867

1867 Dinocharis collinsi Gosse.

Locality: Qld (Colledge 1911).

Macrochaetus subquadratus (Perty) 1850

1850 Polychaetus subquadratus Perty.

Locality: N.S.W. (Murray 1913).

Macrotrachela armillata (Murray) 1911

1911 Callidina armillata Murray.

Locality: N.S.W. (Murray 1911).

Macrotrachela ehrenbergi (Janson) 1893

1893 Callidina ehrenbergi Janson.

Locality: N.S.W. (Murray 1911).

Macrotrachela formosa (Murray) 1906

1906 Callidina formosa Murray.

Locality: N.S.W., Qld (Murray 1911).

Macrotrachela habita (Bryce) 1894

1894 Callidina habita Bryce,

Locality: N.S.W., Qld (Murray 1911).

Macrotrachela lepida (Murray) 1911

1911 Callidina lepida Murray.

Locality: N.S.W. (Murray 1911).

Macrotrachela longistyla (Murray) 1911

1911 Callidina longistyla Murray.

Locality: N.S.W., Qld (Murray 1911).

Macrotrachela microcornis (Murray) 1911

1911 Callidina microcornis Murray.

Locality: N.S,W. (Murray 1911).

Macrotrachela mirabilis (Murray) 1911

1911 Callidina mirabilis Murray.

Locality: N.S.W. (Murray 1911).

Macrotrachela multispinosa Thompson, 1892

Locality: N.S.W., Qld (Murray 1911).

Macrotrachela papillosa Thompson, 1892

Locality: N.S.W., Qld (Murray 1911).

Macrotrachela plicata (Bryce) 1896

1896 Callidina plicata Bryce.

Locality: N.S,W. (Murray 1911).

Macrotrachela punciata (Murray) 1911

1911 Callidina punctata Murray.

Locality: N.S.W., Qld (Murray 1911).

Macrotrachela quadricornifera (Milne) 1886

1886 Callidina quadricornifera Milne.

Locality: N.S.W., Qld (Murray 1911).

Macrotrachela serrulata (Murray) 1911

1911 Callidina serrulata Murray.

Locality: N.S.W. (Murray 1911).

Microcodidus chlaena (Gosse) 1886

1886 Stephanops chlaena Gosse.

Locality: Qld (Colledge 1914).

Microdon clavus Ehrenberg 1830

Locality: N.S.W. (Whitelegge 1889).

Mniobia russeola (Zelinka) 1891

Locality: N.S.W. (Murray 1911).

Mniobia scabrosa Murray, 1911

Locality: N.S.W. (Murray 1911).

Mniobia tetraodon (Ehrenberg) 1848

Locality: N.S.W. (Murray 1911).

Monommata aequalis (Ehrenberg) 1832

1886 Furcularia aequalis:Hudson & Gosse.

Locality: Qld (Colledge 1911).

Monommata longiseta (Miller) 1786

1776 Cercaria longiseta Miller.

1786 Vorticella longiseta:Miiller.

1816 Furcularia longiseta: Lamarck,

63

64 R. J, SHIEL & W, KOSTE

Locality; N.S.W, (Whitelegve 1889), Old

(Thorpe 1889, Colledge 1911, Liurd

1956, Russell 1957).

Mvtilina mucronata (Miller) 1773

Locality: Vic, (Shiel in prep.),

Mytilina trigona (Gosse) 1851

I8S1 Diplax trizena Gosse.

Locality: Old (Colledge 1911),

Mytilina ventralis (Ehrenberg) 1832

1832 Salpina ventralis Ehrenberg.

1886 Salpina custala Gosse.

1886 Salpina macrecuntha Gosse.

L89L Salpina cortina Thorpe.

Locality: N.S.W. (Whitelegge 1889). Qld

(Thorpe 1887. (889, Colledge i911,

1914. Russell 1961), Vie. (Shiel in

prep.) -

Mytilina ventralis brevixypina (Ehrenberg) 1832

1832 Salpina brevispina Ehrenberg,

Locality: Qld (Colledge

(Anderson & Shephard 1892),

Notemmata anrita (Miiller) 1786

Locality: N.S.W. (Whilelezge 1889), Old

(Colledge 1911), Vic, (Anderson &

Shephard 1892),

Notommata cerberuy (Gosse) 886

(886 Copens cerberis Gosse,

Locality: N.S.W, (Whitelegze 1K89), Old

(Colledge 1899).

Notommata collariy Ehrenberg, 1832

Locality: N.S.W. {Whitelegge 1889).

Notoninata copens Ehrenberg, 1834

1834 Netommata cenirura Ehrenberg.

1886 Copeus elirenbergi Hudson & Gosse.

1886 Copeus lahiatus Gosse,

1897 Copens capens: Callin.

Locality: N.S.W, (Whitelegee 189), Vic.

(Anderson & Shephard 1892), Qld

(Colledge 1911).

Notommaia eyriapus Gosse, 1886

Locality: N.S.W. (Whitelegve 1889),

Noteamniata locinulata Ehrenberg, 1830

Locality: Qld (Colledge 1914).

Nolanumata pachyura (Gosse) 1886.

1832 Nolenurata ansalu Ehrenberg.

1886 Copeus paclivurus Gosse,

Locality: Vie, (Anderson & Shephurd

1892): N.S.W. (Whitelegge 1889). Old

(Thorpe L889, Colledge 1911),

Noromniata silpha (Gosse, 1887)

[886 Notommate forcipata Gosse.

Locality: N.S.W. (Whitelegge 1889),

Notonimata tripus Ehrenberg, 1838

1886 Notaonimata pilarius Gosse.

Locality: N.S.W, (Whitelegge 1889).

Orestephanas auriculaius (Murray) 1911

I9L| Habrotrocha auricnlata Murray.

Locality: N.S.W. (Murray 1911),

1911). Vie.

Philodina australis Murray 1911

Locality: N.S.W. (Murray J911),

Philoding brevipes Murray. 1902

Locality: N.S.W. (Murray 1911),

Philodina ecitrina Ehrenberg, 1832

Locality: N.S.W. (Whitelegge 1889). Qld

(Thorpe 1889). Vic. (Anderson & Shep-

hard 1892),

Philodina megatotrocha Ehrenberg, 1832

Locality; Qld (Coljledge 1914), Vie.

(Shiel in prep,).

Philodina plena (Bryce) 1894

Locality: N.S.W., Qld (Murray 1911).

Piiladina raseola Ehrenberg. {832

Locality: N.S.W, (Whitelegge 1889). Vic

(Anderson & Shephard 1892).

Philodinta rugosa Bryce, 1903

Locality: N2S.W., Qld (Murray L9tl),

Philodina varax (Janson) 1893

Locality; Qld (Murray 1911).

Platyias quadricorniy (Ehrenberg) 1832

1832 Nolens quadricornis Ehrenberg,

Locality: N.S.W, (Whilelezge 1889), Qld

(Colledge 1414), Vic. (Anderson &

Shephard 1892. Berzins 1963).

Ploesoma lenticulare (Herrick) 1855

1838 ?£yelianis ynveus Ehrenberg,

Locality: N-S.W. (Whitelegge 1889),

FPlearetra alpium (Ehrenberg) 1853

1853 Callidina alpium Ehrenberg.

Locality; N.S.\W.. Old (Murray 1911).

Pleureira humerosa (Murray) 1905

1905 Philoding hmrerosa Murray.

Locality: N.S.W. (Murruy 1911).

Pleprotrocta petromvson Ehrenberg, 1830

T886 Proules petronyzon: Hudson & Gosse.

Locality: N.S.W, (Whilelegge 1889), Viv.

(Shiel in prep,).

Palyarihra dolichaptera (Mdelson) t925

Locality: N.S.W, (Shicl in prep}.

Polyarthra lansiremis Carlin, 1943

Locality: Qld (Russell 1961), Vie. (Shiet

in prep.).

Polvarthra remata (Skorikow) 1896

Locility: Vic. (Berzins 19463).

Polyarthra vulgaris Curtin. 1943

1838 Palyarithra plaiyptera Fbrenberg.

Locality: N.S.W. (Whitelegge 1889), Old

(Thorpe |S887, 1889, Russell L961),

Vic. (Anderson & Shephard 1892,

Shiel 1978), S.A. (Shiel in press.).

Poniphalyc coniplanata Gosse. (851

Locality: Qld (Russell 1961),

5.A.. Vie, (Shiel in press).

Hamphalvx suleata (Hudson) 1885

Locality; N.S-W. (Sudzuki & Timms in

prep.}. Vic, (Shiel in prep.).

NSW,

ROTTFERA FROM AUSTRALIA 65

Proules daphnicola Thompson, 1842

Locality; Vic. (Shiel in prep, }.

Proules decipiens (Ehrenberg) 1831

1831 Norammara deciptens Ehrenberg.

Locality: N.S.W. (Whitelegge [889 ).

Proales giganted (Glascott) 1893

1893 Notommuata gigantea Glascatt.

Locality; Qld (Laird 1956. Russell 1057),

Proales micrapys (Gosse) [86

1886 Furenlaria micropuy Gosse.

Locality: Qld (Colledge 19] 1).

Prodles parasiia (Ehrenberg) 1838

[838 Neloniumata porasita Ehrenberg,

Locality: N.S.W. (Whitelegee 1889). Qld

(Colledge 1914).

Proales stnilis exocully Berzins, 1953

Locality, W.A, (Berzins 1953}.

Proales sordida Gosse, 1881

Locality: Old (Colledge 1911),

Proales werneckii (Phrenberg) 1834

1834 Noronieata werneckii Ehrenberg.

Locality: N.S.W. (Whitelegge 1889).

Proalinapsis caudatus. (Collins) (872

1886 Copewy caudatus Hodson & Gasse.

1872 Notonuiata caudata: Collins.

Loedlity: N.S.W. (Whitelegge 1889)

Piygura brachiata (Hudson) 1886

1886 Oecistes brachiatus Hudson,

Locality: Qld (Colledge 1911).

Piveura cristata (Murray) 1913

1913 Qecistes eristatus Murray,

Locality: N.S.W. (Murray 1913).

Piveura crystallina (Bhrenberg) 1834

1834 Ovcisies crystallinus Ehrenberg.

Locality; N.S.W. (Whitelegge 1889), Qld

(Colledge 1911), Vic. (Anderson &

Shephard 1892),

Piveuia titermedia (Davis) 1867

1867 Oecistes intermedius Davis.

Localitv: N.S.W. (Whitelegge 1889), Vic.

(Anderson & Shephard 1892),

Piysura langice nis (Davis) 1867

[867 Oecistex longicarnis Davis.

Locality: N-S.W. (Whitelegge U889), Vic.

(Anderson & Shephard 1892).

Pivgura melicerta (Ehrenberg) 1832

1886 Oectstes pivenra Tludson & Gosse

Locality: N'S.W. (Whitelegge 1889).

Prygura pihda (Cubitt) 1872

1872 Melicerta pilula Cubitt,

I878 Oevistes pilulas Wills,

Locality: N.S.W. (Whitelegge 1889),

Piygura wilsanit (Anderson & Shephard) 1892

1892 Oecistes wilsanii Anderson & Shephard.

Locality: Vie. (Anderson & Shephard

1892),

Resticula melandocas (Gosse) 1&87

1887 Furenlaria melandocus Gosse.

Locality: Old (Colledge 1911).

Rhinoglena frontalis (Ehrenberg |) 1853

Localily; Vic, (Shiel in prep.),

Rotaria exoculiy (de Koning) 1947.

Locality; W.A, (Berzins 1953).

Rotaria haptica (Gosse) 1886

L886 Ratifer lraplicus Hudson & Grosse,

Locality: N.S.W. (Murray 1911),

Rataria macraceros (Gosse) 1851

1851 Rotifer macreceras Gosse.

Locality: NLS.W. (Whitelegge 1889),

Roataria niacrura (Ehrenberg) 1832

1832 Rotifer macrurus Ehrenberg.

Locality: Qld (Thorpe [889),

(Shiel in prep.).

N.S.W,

Rotaria montana (Murray) 1911

1911 Rotifer mantanus Murray.

Loeality: N.S.W. (Murray 1911),

Roturia neptinia (Ehrenberg) 1832

(832 dednurus nepiinius Ehrenberg.

1900) Rotifer neptunius: Jennings.

Locality; N.S.W. (Whitelegge 1889), Old

(Thorpe 1887, 1889), W.A, (Berzins

1953). Vic. (Shiel in prep.),

Ratarla totararia (Pallas) 1766

(BOL Retifer vulvaris Schrank.

Locality; N.S.W, (Whitelegge 1889), Qld

(Thorpe !8891, Vic. (Anderson &

Shephard 1892),

Rataria sordida (Western) 1893

(910. Rotifer longirosiris Bryce.

Locality: N.S-W., Qld (Murray 1911).

Rotaria tardigrada (Ehrenberg) (832

1838 Ratifer tardus Ehrenberg.

Locality: Qld (Thorpe J889). Vic,

(Anderson & Shephard 1892),

Rousscletla parrvarti (Russell) L947

Locality: N.SW, (Sudzuki &

1977),

Seartdium longicuudum (Miller) 1786

1786 Pricheda longicauda Miller.

(886 Scaridium endaciwlotum Gosse.

Loculity; NS.W. (Whitelegge 1889), Qld

(Thorpe 1887, 1889), Vic. (Shiel in

prep.),

Sevpanetrecha rubra Bryce, 1910

Locality: 8.5.W. (Murray 1911).

Stnamtherina semibullata (Thorpe) V8s9

1889 Meealotracha semitbullata Thorpe.

-Locality: Qld (Thorpe 1884,

1914).

Sinantherina socialis (Linnaeus) 1758

1838 Megalotrecha alboflavicans Rhrenbers,

Localilv: Qld (Colledge 1914, Russell

1961).

Sinantherina spinosa {(Tharpe) }89%

1893 Megalotrocha spinasa Thorpe.

Locality: Qld (Colledge 1914)-

limms

Colledge

66 R. J, SHTIEL & W. KOSTE

Squatinella longispinata (Tatem) 1867

1867 Stephanaps longispinatns Tater,

1886 Stephaneps unisetatus Hudson & Gosse,

Locality: N.S.W. (Whitelegge 1899).

Squatinella rastrum (Schmarda) 1846

1830 Stephanapy lamellaris Ehrenberg

Locality: Qld (Thorpe 1889).

Squatinella tridentata (Fresenius) 1858

1889 Stephanops intermedius Burn,

Loenlity: Old (Colledge 1914).

Syuatinella tridentata mutica (Ehrenbere) 1832

1832 Stephanops muticus Ehrenberg,

Locality: N.S.W. (Whitelegge 1889), Vic.

(Anderson & Shephard 1892),

Stephanoceros funbriatus (Goldfuss, 1820)

1832 Stephanoceros cichharnit Ehrenberg.

1832 Stephdnops, eichharnti:Ehrenberg,

Locality: N.S.W. (Whitelegee 1889), Qld

(Colledge 1911, 1914).

Ntephanoceros millsi USellicott) 1885

I885 Floserlaria millst Kellicott,

Locality: N.S.W. (Whitelegge 1889),

Awwehdeta baltica Bhrenberg 1834

Locality: N.S.W. (Whitelegge |&89).

Synchueta longipes (Gosse) 1887

Locality: Vic, (Shiel in prep. ).

Synehaeta ablonga Ehrenberg, 1832

Locality: N.S.W. (Shiel in prep.).

Synchaeta pectinata Ehrenberg, 1832

Locality; Old (Russell 1961), Vic. (Shep-

hard 1911),

Syachaete stylata Wierzejski, 1893

Locality: Qld (Colledge

(Shicl in prep.).

Syneleela reniuda (Miller) 1786

Locality: N.S,W, (Whitelegge 1889), Qld

(Colledge 1911), Vic. (Anderson &

Shephard 1892),

Taphrecampa annulosa Gosse, 1851

Locahty: N.S.W, (Whitelegze 1889), Old

(Colledge 1911).

Taphrocampa selentira Gosse, 1887

Locality: N.S.W. (Whitelegge 1889).

Testudinella incisa (Ternetz) 1892

1892 Prerodina incvisa Vernetz,

Locality: Qld (Colledge 1914),

Testudinela insinuara Haver, $958

Locality: Qld (Russell, 1961),

Testudinella intermedia (Anderson) 1889

1889 Preradina mterniedia Anderson,

Locality’ Vie. (Anderson &

1892),

Testidinella patina (Hermann) 1783

1830 Prervdina patina: Ehrenberg.

1871 Pleredina valvata Hudson,

Locality: NSW, (Whitelegge 1889),

Old (Thorpe 1887. Russell 1961), Vie.

(Shephard 1899),

lt), S.A,

Shephard

Testudinella reflexa (Gosse) 1887

(887 Preredina reflexa Gosse,

Locality: N.S.W. (Whitelegge 1889), Qld

(Colledge 1914),

Testudinela trilabata (Anderson

1892

1892 Preredina trilobuia Anderson & Shephard.

Locality: Vic, (Anderson & Shephard

1892).

Tetrasiphon hydrocora Ehrenberg. 1840

[885 Copeus spicatus Hudson,

Locality: N.S.W. (Whitelegge 1889),

Trichoeerca bicristata (Giosse) 1887

[887 Mustigocerca bicristata Gosse.

1903 Rathulus bieristaris:Tennings,

Locality: Old (Colledge 1911, 1914),

Trichoceroa birastiiy (Minkiwiez) 1900

1900 Muastigocerea hirastris Minkiwicz,

Locality: Qld (Colledze 1914).

Trichacerea brachyura (Goasse) 1851

L851 Monocerea brachyira Gosse.

1886 Coeclopus brachyurus: Hudson & Gosse.

Locality: N.S.W, (Whitelegge (889), Old

(Colledge 1911),

Trichacercu capucina (Wierzesk) & Zacharias)

[93

(903 Ratiuduy capucinius Jennings,

Locality: N.S.W. (Murray

(Russell 1961),

Trichocerca cylindrica elation’ (De Beauchamp)

1907

& Shephard)

1913), Old

Locality; N.S.W. (Koste unpubl,),

Trichacerca dixonnuttalli (lennings) (903

1903 Divrella dixon-nutialli Jennings

Locality: Qld (Russell 1961),

Trichocerea elongata (Gosse) L886

186 Masnyocerca clotivate Gosse.

1903 Rativlus elangata lennings,

Locality: N.S.W. (Whilelere 1889). Qld

(Colledge 1911, 1914),

Trichocerca (usienis (Merrick) 1885

Locality: N.S.W. (Shiel in prep.).

Trichocerca lonsisera (Schrank) 1802

[886 Muastlgoverca bicorniy Hudson & Gusse,

1903 Ratlalus longiseta Jennings,

Locality! N.S.W. (Whilelegue 1889), Old

(Colledpe 1911),

Trichocerca muciusa (Stokes) |K96

890 Mustipocerca Hucasa Stokes,

1903 Rattilas mrucesus Jennings.

Locality: Qld (Colledge 1911).

Trichocerea porcellus (Gasse} 1886

1851 Caelepuy porvellus Gosse.

1903 Dinrella poreellas Jennings,

Locality: N.S.W. (Whitelerve [889), Old

(Colledge L911).

Trichacerea parcellus (Giosse) 188A

1851 Coclopus porcellus Gosse.

ROTIFERA FROM AUSTRALIA 67

$903 Diurella porcellus Jennings.

Locality; N.S.W. (Whilelegge 1880). Old

(Colledge l¢11).

Trichacerca pusilla (Jennings) 1903

1903) Rarralas pusillus Jennings.

Locality: W.A, (Berzins 1953),

Trichocerca rattus (Miller) (776

1830 Mastigecerca carinata Ehrenberg.

1860 Ratiulus carineius Lamarck,

1903 Rattalus cartes Jennings,

1913 Trichocerea cristata Harring.

Locality: N\S.W. (Whitelegee 1889), Qld

(Colledge J911. Russell 1961), Vie.

(Anderson and Shephard 1892),

Trichocerca rattus carinata (Bbrenberg) 1830

Locality: Vic, (Shiel in prep. i.

Trichocerea rousseleti (Voigt) 1902

Loeality! S.A, CShiel in prep.).

Trichacerca strilis (Wierzejski) 1893

IRS) Mastitoceree stylata Gosse,

1878 Dinrella stylata;Fyferth.

(893 Ratiniuy bicornis Western.

1900. Mastigocverca birastris Minkiewied,

Locality: Old (Thorpe 1889; Calledge

1911, 1914; Russell 1961). View, NuS.W,

(Shicl in prep.)

Trichoeerca stylata (Gosse) 1851

1903 Rattulys sivlatis Jennings.

Locality: Vic. (Shiel in prep).

Trichocerca tenular (Gosse) 1886

1886 Coclopus lenniar Crosse,

1903, Diurella tenular Jennings.

Locality; N.S.W. (Whilelegge 1X89). Qld

(Thorpe 1889).

Trlehacerea tigvis (Miller) 1786

1786 Rattulys tigeiy Miller,

Locality; N.S.W. (Whitelegge 889), Old

(Colledge 1911), Vic. (Shiel in prep.)

Trichocerca weberl (lennings) 1903

1903 Dinrella weberi Fenaings

Locality; Qld (Russell 1961),

Trichotria pacillane (Mier) 1776

1830 Dinecharis pocilliam Ehrenberg,

Loculitys N.S,W. (Whitelegue 1889). Qld

(Colledge 1911).

Trichotria tetractiy (Ehrenberg) 1830

1430 Dinocharis teteactis Bhrenbers.

Locality: N.S.W. (Whitelegge 1889), Qld

(Colledge 1914), Vic. (Anderson &

Shephard 1892),

Trivhatria truneaia (Whilelegge) 1889

1889 Dinocharis trunicatiin Whitelegve,

Locality: N.S.W. (Whitelegge 1889),

Tripleuchlanis plieata (Levander) 1894

1894 Evehlaniy plicata Levander

Locality: Qld (Russell 1961).

Trachosphaera equatarialis (Semper) (872

Localitv: Qld (Thorpe 1889)

The following species are listed by Pejler

(1977:266, 267; Table |) as recorded /rom the

Australian region. They are listed separately

from the Index, as no published Australian

record could be found, although most are

recorded fram New Zealand by Russell (1960),

Brachianus zaliniser’ Abistram, 1934,

Reratella ahlstromi Russell, 1951,

Reratella crasya Ahlstrom, 1943.

Keratella edmondsoni Ablstrom, 1943,

Keratella sanefa Russell, 1944,

Natholea fallacea (= Argonotholea

Ehrenberg, [838).

Netholea squantula (Muller) 1786,

foliacea

Inceriae sedis

In the course of the literature search several

names were found to be nomina dubia, These,

together with valid species for which

inadequate information was available for tn-

clusion in the Index, are listed below, Source

and locality data are also given,

Cochleare turba Gosse, 18R6

Locality: Old (Colledge 1911).

Flosentaria chimuerg Hodson & Gosse. 1889.

Locality: Qld (Hudson & Gosse [889),

Meliceria barsderfive Colledge, 1924

Locality: Qld (Colledge 1924),

Meliverta coloniensty

Locality: Qld (Colledge 1924),

Mierodidu chlaena ( IMicracadldus

Ciouse)

chlaena

Locality: Old (Colledge 114),

Ratiulus sejunctipes Gosse 1886

1903 Diurella sejunctipes Jennings,

Locality: N\S.W, (Whitelegze 1889).

Syachaeta avalis (— Chramogayier avalis Ber-

gendal )

Loeality: Qld (Colledge 1911)

Triopihalmus dersualts (Ehrenberg) 1430

1830 Narops darsualis Phrenberg,

Locality: N.S.W. (Whitelegge 1889), Olu

(Colledge 1914).

Triaprhalmus langiseta

Locality: Old (Colledge 1911).

Acknowledgments

De T, J, Hillman and the staff of the AThury-

Wodonga Development Corporation Labora-

lories wt Bandiana. Victoria, made available

plankton collections, expertise and laboratory

facilities, and assisted in fleld work. Their help

is gratefully acknowledged, as is the financial

support of the A.W.D.C. Dr B, V. Timms,

University of Canterbury, Christchurch, N.Z.,

is thanked for access to an unpublished Ms.

Dr K. F, Walker is thanked for his comments

ola draft MS,

68 K. J, SHIEL & W. KOSTE

References

Anperson, B. A. & Suernarp, J. (1892) Notes on

Victoriag rotifers. Proc, KR. Soc. Vier 4, 69-80,

Berzins, B. (1953) Zur kenninis der Rotatorien

aus West-Austratien. Report No. 4 from Pro-

fessor T, Gislen's expedition to Australia in

ipo T95, Lunds Univ. Arsskr, N22 498)

2 pp.

Burzins, B, (1955) ‘Taxonomie und Verbredung

von Keratella valga und verwandter Formen,

Avk, Zool. ser, 28), 549-559,

BERZINS, B, (1963) Two new Keraiella, Rotaroria,

oor Australia. Aydrebiologia 21/22, 380.

CHENGALATH, R. (1977) A list of rotifers recorded

net Canada with synonyms. Sylloveny V1.

CoLLrpGE, W. RK. (1909) Lecture on Brisbane

pond life. Prac, R. Sac, Qh 2a). 35.

CoLience, W. R. (1911) Notes on the rotifers or

oy i ae of Brisbane. /hid, 23C1),

S7-9T,

COLLEDGE, W. R. (L914) Additions to the Ratifern

of Queensland, (hid, 27, 70-75.

CoLLepoe, W. R. (1924) A new rotifer of the

Melicertan family, 2hid, 36, 1397-138,

HaneinG, WH, K. (1913) Synopsis of the Rotatoria

Bull, US. Natl. Mus. 81, 1-226.

Hopson, CT, & Gossv, PL H, (1889) The routers

or wheel-unimalcwes. Vols. T, Ib and Supple

ment. (Longmans, Green and Co, London).

Koste, W, (1978) Die Radertiere Miftelenropas,

Vol, |, Text, Vol, 2, Figures, A revision of

Voigt, M. (1956/57), Sehweiverburt'sche

Verlagsbuchhandlung, Stuttgart,

Koste, W. (1979) New Rotifera fram the River

Murray, southeastern Australia, with a review

of the Australian species of Hrachionuy and

Keratella. Aust. J. Mar. Freshwat. Res, 3002)

Kuvmova, L, (1970) Rotifer fauna of the U.S.S.R,

Fauna C.C.C\P., Wa, 1-744. Akad. Nauk.

Mascow,

Lamp, M. (1956) Studies af masquitos and fresh-

water ecology of the South Pacitic. Bull. R.

Soc. NZ, 6, 1-199.

Moeray, J. CL9LL) Australian Rotiferu: Collected

hy the Shackleton Antarctic Epedition, [9u9_

JOR. Microse. Soe, Leonid, 164-174,

Murkay, 7. (1913) Austratian rotifers,

191315), 455-61,

Propur, B (1977) On the elobal distribution of

the fomily Brachionidue (Rotuteria) tres,

Hydrabial, Suppl, 53(2), 255-306,

Pow ting, Td, (1979) Limnologieal features of

some Victorian reservoirs. Ch. 41 in WD.

Williams (éd.) ln ecolepieal basiy for water

resolves Mmatagement, A.NU, Press, Can-

berpa,

Ressece, C. R. (1957) Some rotifers trom We

South Pacific ishineds ond northern Australia.

Trans, R, Sov, NZ. 8464), 897-902.

Russepa, C.R. (1960) An index of the Rotataria

of New Zealand and outlying ishinds from

ISS9-1959. Thi, BB, 443-461.

Shéel

Russéu., ©. RK. (1961) The Rotator of Queens

land, Australia, Re Soe, NZ Vrane. WIT),

235-239,

Rurryer-Kottsko, A. (1974) Planklon rorifers—

bivlogy and taxonamy Die Hinnenpetvasyer

2611), 1-146.

SHEPAARD, J. (1892) Note on a new frotifer, Mier,

Nar. 9, 14,

SHEPHARD, J. (1896) A new rotifer, Leelnilaria

elongata, Thld. 13, 22-24.

SHerHarD, J. (1897) A new rotifer, Lacinularie

eMiptea, Ubid, 14, 84-86,

SHEPHARD, J. (1899) A new rotifer, Lueinniluria

Striolata, Proc. Ro Soc. Viet, b2¢1), 20-38.

Suppiako, I. (197L) A list of Victorian rotifers,

with descriptions of lwo new species and the

males of two species, Zh/d. 24, 46-58.

SHEPHARD, J. (1917) A visit 10 Great Lake.

Tasmania, Vier, Nat, 33, 70675,

SHEPHARD, J. (1922) The Rotifera of Australia

and their distribution, Prac. R. Sue. Viet..

S4(2), S5-K8.

Suprnacn, J, & Suextann, W. (1899) A new

Sms Melicerta fimbyiata. Vier Nat, 1613),

8-40.

Sunn, Rod, (1978) Zooplankton communities of

the Murray-Darling sysiem, a preliminary

report. Proe. R. Sve, Vict, 90, 193-202,

Suter, Ry 1, (1979) Billobongs of the Murray-

Darling system. Ch, 34 Ja W. BD. Williams

(Eds.) tn ecological basis jor water resource

management, ASN. Press, Cumberra,

Siiet, R. tT. Cin press) Rotifera from the River

Murray, southeastern Australia, I, Syneco-

logy, <lasr, J, Mar, Freshwar, Res. 3O(Z),

SrickL AND, W. (1894) The rotifer in Melbourne.

Piet, Nat. WOT), 100-104,

Supzuki M. (1964) New systematicul approuci

1a the Japanese planktonic Rotatoria, Hydro.

hialagig 23(1/2), 1-124.

SupZuRL, M. (1975) A new Brachionns fron Myull

Lakes and a revision of the #. plieatiliy com

plex. Zool. Mag, (Tokyo), 84, 446,

Supzumt, M, & Timms, B. V. (1977) A jew

species of Brachionus (Rotiferny from the

Myall Lakes, New South Wales. Pree. Lini.

Soe. NSA, 1903), 162,

Supeun, M. & Tims, BV. (iy prep.) Planklonic

Rotifera of farm dams near Gloueester,

N.S.W.

Thrower, Vo G. (1R87) On certain Rotifera found

in the ponds of the gardens of the Accli-

matisalion Society, Brisbane, Prac, Ro Suc.

Gil, 4, 28-30,

Thrown, Vo Go (1B89) AQ List

routers, /hid., &, 70-75.

Voiot, M. (1956/57) Die Riidertieve Mitteleuro-

pas. Vols. 1-2, Gebriider Borntraeger, Berlin,

Watker, K. F. (1973) Studies on a saline Jake

sooasteite dust do mar, Freshiwat. Rex., 24.

Whirtnedan, 7

Of Queensland

(1889) Marine und freshwater

invertebrate fauna of Port Jackson and

neighbourhood, Prac. RL Soe. NUS, 23,

103-323.

HOLOCENE STRATIGRAPHY AND EVOLUTION OF THE COOKE

PLAINS EMBAYMENT, A FORMER EXTENSION OF LAKE

ALEXANDRINA, SOUTH AUSTRALIA

BY C. C. VON DER BORCH AND M. ALTMANN

Summary

The Cook Plains Embayment occupies an emergent area that was recently innundated by Lake

Alexandrina. The embayment is underlain by a Holocene sedimentary succession several metres

thick, the stratigraphy of which reflects some aspects of the late Holocene climatic and other

changes in the vicinity of the River Murray delta system. The most likely cause of the late Holocene

expansion of the lake system is considered to have been increased inflow to the lake from the River

Murray, during the world-wide “pluvial” period that occurred 5000-8000 years ago. A contributing

cause may also have been the peak of the Holocene marine transgression which is dated in southern

Australia at around 6000 years ago. The slightly higher than present sealevel stand may have

backed up lake waters by raising baselevel, with a consequent rise in groundwater table. Some

direct inflow of ocean water may have also taken place at this time. Subsequent to the high lake

stand, increased aridity combined with a slight sealevel fall lowered lake level approximately to its

present situation. The paleaoclimatic events deduced from the stratigraphy of the Cooke Plains

Embayment are consistent with those proposed by other workers from stratigraphic evidence in

lakes of western Victoria.

HOLOCENE STRATIGRAPHY AND EVOLUTION OF THE COOKE PLAINS

EMBAYMENT, A FORMER EXTENSION OF LAKE ALEXANDRINA, SOUTH

AUSTRALIA

hy C. C. voN DER Borcu* and M, ALTMANN*

Summary

Von per Borcu, C, C. und ALTMANN, M. (1979), Holocene stratigraphy and evolution of

the Cooke Plains Embayment, a former extension of Lake AleXafdnna, South Australia.

Trans. R. Soe. 8. Aust, 103(3), 69-78, 31 May, 1979.

The Cooke Plains Embayment occupies an emergent area that was recently inubdated by

Lake Alexandrina. The embayment is underlain by a Holocene sedimentary succession

several metres thick, the stratigraphy of which reflects some aspects of the late Holocene

climatic and other changes in the vicinity of the River Murray delta system, The most likely

cause of the Iate Holocene expansion of the Jake system is considered to have been, increased

inflow to the lake from the River Murray, during the world-wide “pluvial” period that occurred

5000-8000 years ago, A contributing cause may also have been the peak of the Holocene

marine transgression which is dated in southern Australia at around 6000 years ago. The

slightly higher than present sealevel stand may have backed up lake waters by raising baselevel,

with a consequent rise in groundwater tuble. Some direct inflow of ocean water may hive

algo taken place at this time. Subsequent to the high lake stand, increased aridity combined

with a slight sealevel fall lowered lake level approximately to its present situation. The paleao-

climatic events deduced from the stratigraphy of the Cooke Plains Embayment are consistent

with those proposed by other workers from stratigraphic evidence in lakes of western Victoria

Introduction

The River Murray forms a major part of

Australia’s largest drainage system. Its sediment

load at present is being deposited in a marine-

dominated delta comprising lakes Alexandrina

and Albert, the north lagoon of the Coorong,

and the adjacent continental shelf. In the recent

past, fluvial as well as lacustrine and estuarine

sediments were deposited over a much more

extensive area during a period when waicr level

was somewhat higher than at present, The

region involved is illustrated in part in Figure

1 and includes the present lakes and lagoon, as

well as marginal and now essentially subacrial

areas shown by the diagonally striped symbol

The youngest sediments from beneath the

lakes and exposed former extensions of the

lakes preserve a record of the Holocene history

of the River Murray delta. The contrasting

stratigraphic units reflect notable climate and

senlevel changes that have typified the past few

thousand years,

The object of this paper is. to present pre-

liminary interpretations of the Holocene sedi-

mentary units of one of the exposed, relatively

accessible portions of the delta complex, the

Cooke Plains Embayment (Figs 1-2).

Previous work

Soil surveys by Taylor & Poole (1931),

Wells (1955) and de Mooy (1959a, 1959b)

provide some imitial data in the study area.

De Mooy (1959a) specifically documented

some of the sediments on the stranded lake

flats, informally designating the characteristi-

cally dark-coloured upper sediments in areas

such as the Cooke Plains Embayment as the

Malcolm Combination, Sprigg (1959) de-

seribed the widespread siliceous and calcareous

eolian sand accumulations which form the

morphological framework of the region sur-

vounding the lakes.

Physiography

The Cooke Plains Embayment (Figs 1-2)

constitutes one of the ateas formerly occupied

by Lake Alexandrina, The Embayment is a

low-lying, east-west trending corridor between

4+ School of Barth Scienees, Flinders Univershty of South Australia, Bedford Park, §. Aust, 5042,

70) Cc. Cc. VON DER BORCH & M. ALTMANN

Es)

[~"] oune DEPosiTs V/A.

V/ZJexrosen LAKE FLATS

EXS

STUDY AREA

Fig. 1. Locality of study area (Cooke Plains Embayment), showing its relationship to Lake Alexandrina.

The exposed Juke flats approximately

represent the

region covered by ancestral Lake

Alexandrina during its maximum stand several thousand years ago.

somewhat more elevated dunes. Two cheniers

of siliceous sand (Fig. 2) occur at the western

end of the embayment adjacent to present-day

Lake Alexandrina and these have been des-

cribed by de Mooy (1959a). Two gypsum

lunettes (Campbell 1968), occur adjacent to

the inland (eastern) end of the embayment,

one of which lies within the boundary of Fig.

2

Sand dunes, mainly of Pleistocene emplace-

ment, border the embayment. These comprise

unconsolidated siliceous sands ai the surface,

generally overlying a Pleistocene calecrete

developed on calcareous dunes. The calcrete

is onlapped by Holocene sediments of the

embayment, Some of these dunes may repre-

sent Pleinstocene marine strandline deposits

formed during interglacial high sealevel stands

(Sprigg 1952, 1959). Others are related to

sand-dritts of the arid phase which coincided

with the last glacial maximum.

The surface of the Cooke Plains Embayment

is notably Hat. It is largely vegetated by halo-

phytes such as Salicornia australis and, as such,

contrasts with the surrounding undulating topo-

graphy of the dune systems. The embayment

surface is covered in marginal areas by a wide-

spread black soil.

HOLOCENE STRATIGRAPHY QF AN EMBAYMENT OF LAKE ALENANDRINA 7

OZ

[EEE] CHEMIERS # CORE LOCALITY

(RTS LUWETTE OUNE (cypsuMm)

EZZAPLEISTOCENE SILICEOUS SANDS

AWD CALCRETED DUNES

. Details of the Cooke Plains Embayment. a former extension of Lake Alexandrina, Localities of

all cores liken during this study Ure shown, Logs of cores collected wlong traverses A-AY B-B

und C-C’ are (lustrated in the cross-secti¢ins of Fig. 3. The youngest gypsum Winetle is shown

at the eustern end of the Kmbayment, The embayment comprises the low lying swampy region

shown without symbol.

Several evaporite pans occur an the embay-

ment flats, and depending on their locality with

respect to the groundwater regime and other

factors, ure currently depositing halite. gyp-

sum, or Mg-caleite mud.

The former shoreline of the Cooke Plains

Embayment is defined by the slope-break

between the hulophytevegetated Hats and the

surrounding dune system, In places, particu-

larly along the northern shorelines, low (1-2

m) stranded cliffs can be observed cut into

ihe calcrete surface, marking an erosional

shoreline produced by wave attack under the

influence of high-impact south to south-west

winds, These cliffs are shown by dumpy-level

traverses to have formed when water level In

the lake was as much as 2,7 m above present

mean scalevel,

Immediately inland from these former shore-

lines, particularly along the northern margin.

there is evidence of prolonged occupation by

aboriginal Australians. Numerous circular

hearths comprising blackened calcrete cobbles

associated with black soil and charcoal frag-

ments are visible in areas where deflation has

removed an unconsolidated brown siliceous

sand from the irregular calerete sufface, Stone

artifacts are scattered over these deflated areas

atd one dune drift has heen eroded to expose

a burial site. These remains are all obviously

younger than the calerete surface, The hearths

predate the overlying brown siliceous sand

which ts of unknown age. Much of the oceupa-

tion was probably related to ihe widespread

humid climatic phase between about S000 and

5000 years ago (Bowler 1971) which resulted

in expanded lakes in many parts of the world,

However the hearths, at least superficialty,

appear more ancient and could possibly be of

Pleistocene age.

Present-day lakes Alexandrina and Albert

have been modified by the addijion of a system

of barrages. These were completed in 1940 and

now effectively isolate the lakes from scawaler

access. Prior to barrage construction a saline

tw brackish water environment existed in the

urea, Which would then have been an estuary.

Due to the barrages, the area is now lacustrine

in character and filled with fresh water, In the

ensuing discussion it will became apparent that

it is pot possible accurately to define from

existing stratigraphic evidence whether the area

was lacustrine or estuarine in character at any

one time in the pust. Accordingly In this. paper

the word lake will be used throughout, irres-

pective of whether or not a marine connection

existed,

Methnds

Stratigraphic studies of Holocene sedi-

ments of the Cooke Plains Embayment were

made by a slip-hammer coring technique using

EV.C. Jubing. Essentially undisturbed but

somewhat compressed cotes were obtained.

sampling the cntiré Wolocene sedimentary suc-

cession Which ranges up to 3 m thick. Cores

—

nN

Ta!

WU |

i

ih

Cc. C. VON DER BORCH & M. ALTMANN

HHH]

HZ

B’

BLACK MUD UNIT

(NOT ON CROSS

SECTIONS)

CARBONATE UNIT

ARKOSIC SAND UNIT

YELLOW CLAY UNIT

SAPROPEL UNIT

[[ortomire UNIT

ae PARAL SAND &

“] CLAY UNIT

CALCRETE

(PLEISTOCENE)

Fig. 3. Cross sections A-A’, B-B’ and C-C’ of the Cooke Plains Embayment (See Fig. 2 for localities.)

The Black Mud Unit is shown in its stratigraphic sequence in the legend, but was not intersected

in these traverses.

HOLOCENE STRATIGRAPHY OF AN EMBAYMENT OF LAKE ALEXANDRINA 73

were subsequently split in the laboratory,

logged, and corrections applied for compres-

sion. Core sites were plotted on a base map

(Fig. 2) using aerial photographs. Sites were

subsequently levelled to Australian Height

Datum benchmarks for the cross-sections

shown in Fig. 3.

Smear slides for microscopic study and

samples for X-ray diffraction and chemical

analysis were taken from split sediment cores.

Organic carbon content was determined using

the technique of Gaudette et al, (1974).

Stratigraphy

Descriptions of stratigraphic units are

presented below, beginning with the basal

Holocene unit which unconformably overlies

a Pleistocene calcrete soil. The units are shown

in the cross-section of Fig. 3.

Basal sand and clay unit

This unit, up to 60 cm thick, comprises

unconsolidated greenish clay, sand, or sandy

clay, with less typical colour variations being

dark grey or white. The contact with the under-

lying indurated calcrete is sharp. Dominant

mineralogy of the coarse fraction is quartz,

with lesser amounts of feldspar, halite and

gypsum and traces of pyrite. The fine fraction

is mainly illite and kaolinite. The unit lacks

any notable fossil biota. Diatom frustules were

found in only one sample.

The basal sand and clay unit is the most

consistent and ubiquitous of any encountered

in the Holocene section. It is found above both

low and high areas of basement calcrete

throughout most of the Cooke Plains Embay-

ment (Fig. 3). It appears to be a typical dia-

chronous transgressive sand, reworked from a

regolith during expansion of ancestral Lake

Alexandrina.

Sapropel unit

Stratigraphically above the basal unit in

central areas of the basins lies a greenish-black,

rubbery sapropel unit with a typical cheese-like

fracture. It ranges to 40 cm thick. Contact with

the underlying unit is gradational over about

one centimetre. This sapropel is dominated by

degraded remains of blue-green algae, Minor

quartz, feldspar and clay are present, along

with traces of gypsum, halite and calcite, Dia-

tom frustules occur in significant numbers

throughout. Palynological observations (W. K.

Harris, pers. comm.) reveal a dominantly

terrestrial assemblage of fossil pollen, Pollen

and cuticle fragments of Chenopodiaceae

(blue-bush and salt-bush group), Myrtaceae

(titree family), and Casuarina, dominate the

assemblage. In addition, significant amounts of

unicellular algae (Botryococcus braunii) and

Myriophyllum and Haloragis pollen are

present, The latter two species represent

aquatic plants characteristic of essentially fresh-

water swamps.

The sapropel unit is limited in its distribution

to what clearly were deepest areas of the

former embayment (Figure 3), demonstated

by its restriction to central portions of the

basins shown in Fig. 2. Radiocarbon dating of

one sample of the sapropel shows an age of

6930 + 150 radiocarbon years (GaK 6718).

Diatomite unit

A grey diatom-rich sediment, containing up

to 70% diatom frustules, overlies the sapropel.

This diatomite unit is characterized by fine

internal laminations averaging one mm in

thickness which are visible by X-radiography.

Contact between the diatomite and sapropel

units is generally gradational over several centi-

metres, Overall appearance and consistency of

the diatomite is that of a soft, very sticky clay.

Apart from diatoms, the fine fraction contains

kaolinite and illite whilst the coarse fraction

consists of quartz, feldspar, halite and gypsum.

Diatom frustules composed of opaline silica

dominate the fossil biota, Their significance as

palaeo-environmental indicators will be dis-

cussed in a later section.

In terms of its distribution. the diatomite

unit of the Cooke Plains Embayment is best

developed in the upper reaches of the Central

Basin remote from the present lake, as well as

in the Upper Basin (Figs 2-3). Stratigraphically

equivalent although less diatomaceous sedi-

ments occur in western portions of the Embay-

ment nearer the lake. Like the sapropel, the

diatomite unit generally is restricted to what

were once deeper portions of the former exten-

sion of Lake Alexandrina, generally in centres

of the basins. However it is more widespread

than the sapropel, occasionally occurring

directly above the basal sand and clay unit

beyond the lateral extent of the sapropel (Fig.

3). This relationship suggests that the estuary

or lake was still expanding during diatomite

deposition.

Yellow clay unit

This unit, basically an unconsolidated yellow

clay up to 1 m thick, overlies the diatomite

with a gradational contact. Where the diatomite

74 Cc. C. VON DER BORCH & M, ALTMANN

is absent it overlies cither the sapropel or the

basal sand and clay unit. Typically it exhibits

bright yellows, browns and rust-reds of oxidised

iron, The clay-sized component of thrs wnil,

Which is dominant, consists of illite alang with

up to LO% CaCOy. The coarse fraction com-

prises (eypsum, halite and sand-sized quarte,

Diatom frustules. the only obvious biotic

remains, ace sporadic in their distrihution,

The yellow clay unit js areally more wide-

spread than all undestying units with the excep-

tion of the basal sand and clay (Fig, 3), sug-

gesting formation during the maximum Holo-

cene extent of the lake. It is particularly well

developed in the Upper Basin, Its oxidized

appearance and marked local colour Varia-

bility 1s most likely due to ils stratigraphic level

which lies above present-day summer ground-

water table, During its deposition it may have

contained significant sulphides, subsequent

vadose oxidation of which may have produced

the observed iron-staining An equally Feasible

explanation of the staining wauld be that it

was due to oxidation of iron sulphides carried

upwards by proundwaters from underlying sui-

phide-rich sediments,

Arkosle sand unit

A testurally mature arkosic sand unit up to

40 cm in thickness oceurs stratigraphically

ahove or interfingers with the yellow clay unit.

Contact With the clay is gradational. Like the

Yellow Clay Unit it is pigmented by ferric

von, Shells of the small gastropod Cexfella

confisa frequently occur near the lop of the

arkosic sand unit, indicative of progressive

develupment of 4 shallow, ephemeral jake

environment during the overall shoaling phase

Rare diatoms are also preseor at this level,

The arkosic sand unit was not detected in

the Upper Basin or it partions of the Central

Bosin remote from present day Lake Alexan-

dina. However, it constitutes a large portion

of the cores frora the Lower Busins and

western Ceolral Basin, where it shows the

previously mentioned interfingering relationship

with the yellow clay unit, Tt therefore is con-

sidered (4 be in part time-equivalent to the

yellow clay unit, and with jt representative of

the maximum stand of the Jake. It appears

genetically related to twa now dry channels

(Hlind Creek, and an un-named one to the

north, Pig, 2) which connect the Lower to the

Central Basins. This possible velationship is

supported by the Fact that the arkeasie saud

init seems most prominent near the inner

terminations of these channels in the Central

Basin, The sand has a wedge-shaped geometry

which progressively thins to the cast, implying

a Westerly origin in the form of a tidal delta

or washover fan ftom the direction of present.

day Lake Alexandrina. Progressively shoaling

conditions indicated by the unit are likely due

cither to infiling of the estuary or to a fall in

water level, Whatever the cause, the tap of the

unit marks the end of the transgressive phase

as recorded in the sediments.

Carbonate weit

A carbonate unit Up to 90 em thick. typically

a white clay-like sediment, overlies the arkosic

sand or yellow clay in some areas. Its contact

with underlying nits is gradational over

several centimetres. Fine-grained magnesian

caleite is the sole carbonate mineral present.

Gypsum and halite, along with minor quartz

and illite, are detected on hulk X-ray diffracto-

Meter determinations. The proportion of calcite

ranges between 10% and 60%, Shells ot

Coxiella con/usa ave common throughout the

calbonate unit. This species lives in great pro-

fusion in shallow (20-30 cm) ephemeral

carbonate lakes of the Lower Basins, and in

similar ephemeral alkaline lakes throughout

the Coorong region (von der Borch 1965),

There is na doubt that the carbonate unit

formed under comparable conditions, typified

by Winter Jake filling from a rising yncontined

aquifer and ensuing summer desiccation. This

observation is enhanced by the fact that the

carbanale unit has a sporadic oecurrence, For

example, vores from some areas such as the

so\thern end of traverse B (Pig. 3) consist

alinost entirely of .carbonate, whilst nearby

cores may be essentially carhonate-free,

Generally speaking, the carbonate unit began

to form during a period of lake shoreline

Tegressian Carbonate pans were best developed

around marginal afeas of the Embayment,

particularly on the southern sides of dhe Upper

und Central Basins. Seepage of carbonated

eromidwaters [ran porows Pleistocene cal-

careous dune aquifers was best developed im

these areas, providine suitable conditions far

calcite to precipitate in the shallow fakes.

Shallow calcite lakes af this type occur at

present in the Lower Basins (Fig, 2},

Black piued unit

This imit, which is localised ta the western

end of Central Basin, appears to be laterally

equivalent to the carbonate unit It was nat

HOLOCENE STRATIGRAPHY OF AN EMBAYMENT OF LAKE ALEXANDRIA 14

TABLE. 1.

Tahatation of maximum and average organic

cavhon percent of Cooke Plains Lmbaynear steutt-

eraphic units, Averages are based on df

micasuipartenty fer each wet.

Maximum Average

Stratipraphing: Une orennic€ opginic CO,

Black soil 44 2.3

Black mud | 26

Chibonate a8 i

Yellow clay 2.2 |,2

Distomite 45 4,3

Sapropei {3.2 KI

Basal sand & clay 1.4 09

encolintered in the core traverses shown in

Fig. 3. It is dominantly a black clay with

prominent inclusions of crystalline gypsum and

halite, Contaeh with the underlying unit is

wradutional ever u few centimetres, Diatoms

represent the only Obvious fossil biota, The

unit most likely formed in an area of perma-

nent fresh water surrounded by the above

deseribed shallow evyporitic carbonate pans

Evaporite unit

Uppermost unit in the Embayment, not inter-

sected on traverses shown in Fig. 3, is an

evaporite. This is a localized unit, confined 10

some natiral evuporative pans, Thickness

ranges up tow maximum of approximately | m-

Mineralogy varies from dominantly gypsum

in the Upper Basin te mainly halite in’ the

Central Basin, “Seed” gypsum (2 mm tabulat

cryslals) characterizes gypsum of the Upper

Basin, whilst somewhat coarser (3 mm tabular

gypsum crystals) are associated with the Cen-

tral Basin halite, The proportion of saline

evaporites and gypsum deereases in the shallow

lake pans westward towards the present lake

shoreline.

Organic carbon content

Organic carbon content of Cooke Plains

Embayment sediments (Table 1) is typivally

low (0.9-1.4%) in the basal sand and clay

yellow clay and carbonate units, The black soil,

black mud and diatomite units show inter:

mediate values (2,3-3.3% ) whilst the sapropel.

us would be expected, has a relatively high

content reaching a maximum of 13% and

averaging 8.1%,

The progressive deercase in organic carbon

content up-segtion, rom the sapropel through

the chatomite and yellow clay, reflects cither a

decrease in the ammunt of available organic

matter, ar swamping of the organic material by

a sudden influx of diatoms and termgennus

clays

Significance of the diatonts

Diatom frustules constitute the bulk of the

diatomite unit and also oceur in notable num-

bers in the sapropel, They are present in lesser

quantity in the basal sand and elay, yellow

clay, arkasie sand and black mud units and

are absent from the carbonate and evaporite

Units,

Diatom species are sensitive to depositional

conditions such as water temperature und

salinity (Koiva 1976). From this viewpoint a

preliminary examination of diatoms from the

Cooke Plains Embayment sediments was

carried out (D, Thomas, pers. comm.).

Although additional work is required, the

initial study suggests that these diatom-bearing

sediments were deposited from water having

a Variety of salinities ranging from essentially

fresh to a little less than normal marine, A

general trend was detected in individual units,

from fresher waters at the Lake Alexandrina

end of the embayment to more saline near the

eastern (inner) extremity, implying greater

evaporative concentration of waters in more

restricted areas, Stratizraphically, there appears

to be an upward-freshening trend through the

sapropel to the top of the diatomite, although

these units were both deposited under relatively

low salinity conditions. The yellow clay unil

overlying the diatomite contains diatoms, which

Suagesty a subsequent increase jn salinity to

brackish-marine, This increase is interpreted

to be due to progressive restriction of the

embayment during its most extensive phase by

sediment infilling, and finally by chenier

development. Tt could also be due to seawater

access to the estuary at the height of the Holo-

cene marine transgression, The carbonate unit

does not contain obvious diatom frustules,

possibly due to dissolution of these by alkali

Wadler in the pans. However the black mud

unit of the Central Basin has un assemblage

which denotes a subsequent low-salinitv phase

in that locality. possibly reliled to «# more

humid climatic cyele.

Late Holevene geological histury

Figure 4 illustrates generalized facies

relationships of the Cooke Plains Embayment

sediments. Based on textural. lithological.

organic carbon jind diatom dara, the following

late Holocene evolution is proposed,

7h GC. ¢, VON DER BORCIT & M, ALTMANN

, Diagrammatic representation of proposed

sequential development of Cooke Plains

Embayment during late Holocene sedi

mentary ifilling. A; Sapropel formation

over basal sunds in eutrophic freshwater

lake during late Holocene humid period,

approximulely 6 000 years ago. B: Dia

tomite formation in aerated lake as

deepenine waters enhance the degree of

connection of the Pmbayment with Luke

Alexandrina, Cr Arkosi¢ sand (tidal delta )

and yellow clay sedimentation at maxi

sum stand of ancestral Lake Alexandrina,

wrminating the transyressive phases D:

Chenier formation by jongshore drift sand

woe With repressive carbonate aml

tvaporile sedimentation and seal formu.

tion ut The end of the sedimentary evele

Tradiveressive phrase

The transgressive phase of the lake js

represented by the basal sand and clay, sapro-

pel and diatomite units, along with at least the

lower portions of the yellow clay and arkosic

sand. These units were laid down in response

to Holocene expansion of ancestral Lake

Alexandeing, “This capansion may have been

caused in part by backing up of River Murray

water in the lake due to the peak of the late

Holegene marine transgression. Sealevel

reached its maximum post-glacial level in’ the

remion, about | m above present mean sealevel.

approximately 6500 radiocarbon years age

fvon der Borch, 1976, ANU 1415 and 1416).

The age of this maximum coincides with the

previously mentioned radiocarbon date on the

sapropel anil, However, it also coincides with

a World-wide mid-Holocene humid period

which existed SQOON—S000 vears azo. Elsewhere

in southern Avetratia this period is charac-

tered by wnilarped tukes (Bowler vt al 1976),

This suggests that enhanced run-off due to

the higher humidity may have increased Lis-

charge of the River Mufray, thereby causing

or gugmenting the expansion of Lake Alexan-

drina, Further work will be required before

(he exact nature of this phenomenon can be

documented fully, but it may have been due to

a fortuitous combination of both high sealevel

and higher river discharge.

As lake water level rose, reworking of

Pleistocene sandy soils overlying the calerete

surface resulted in the hasal sand and clay unit,

Fatrophication of the embayment waters

followed, Related to this event is the sapropel

unit which at least in part formed 6900 years

uvo (Fig, 4A). Restriction of the sapropel to

deepest portions of the three basins shown in

Fiv. 2 suguests the possibility of stratification

of lake waters at this time, resulting in oxygen

depletion of bottom waters and consequent

preservation and bacterial modification of

organic matter in a manner similar to that

deseribed by Twenhofel & McKelvey (1941).

An alternative and perhaps more acceptable

explanation may be that the lake reached its

maximum depth at this stage, in response to

the Mid-Holocene humid period. Deeper water

(several metres) und suspended River Murray

sediment could have inhibited photosynthesis

in all but near-surface levels, resulting in low

oxygen levels and accompanying preservation

of algal material on the lake floor to form the

relatively pure sapropel depasit,

Shallowing of lake waters at the close of the

mid-Holocene humid period may have even-

tually enhanced oxygenation of bottom waters,

resulting in the destruction of much of the

subsequently deposited organic material. Dia-

toms would then have been able to dominate

the sediments ta form the diatonyite unit (Fig,

4B), whose significant clay content was

possibly derived from inflow of river water

with its suspended sediment load,

The widespread yellow clay and related

arkosic sand units mark the maximum stand

of ancestral Lake Alexandrina and the end of

the transgressive phase (Fig, 4C). Water levels

as high as 2,7 m above present mean sealevel

are indicated by the cliffs cut in the Pleistocene

culcrete around the northern embayment shore-.

line, The arkosic sand most likely formed as

a Hood-tide delta, rapidly building the embay-

toent sediments up to water level, The

simultancously deposited yellow clay likely

comprises River Murry suspended load sedi-

ment which was deposited in less energetic

regions of the embayment, A progressive

HOLOCENE STRATIGRAPHY OF AN EMBAYMENT OF LAKE ALEXANDRINA 77

increase in water salinity, detected in the dia-

tom flora of the yellow clay unit, may have

been due to relatively free access of marine

waters to the lake at the peak of the post-

glacial transgression, through passes in the

developing Younghusband Peninsula barrier.

This increase in salinity would undoubtedly

have caused increased flocculation and deposi-

tion of suspended River Murray clays which,

during fresher periods, would most likely have

been carried in suspension out to sea.

Regressive phase

The regressive phase of the Cooke Plains

Embayment is represented by the carbonate

and evaporite units (Fig. 4D). The carbonate

unit formed in shallow ephemeral alkaline

lakes fed by seasonal groundwater inflow. As

stated earlier, carbonates developed most

readily along the southern margin of the

embayment adjacent to the high Pleistocene

dune where groundwater inflow from dune

aquifers was enhanced. During shoreline

regression the carbonate environment dia-

chronously migrated to the west to localities in

the Lower Basins where it is precipitating

today. The evaporite unit, comprising gypsum

and halite, developed in the Central and Upper

Basins in areas most remote from the present

Lake Alexandrina and in a region of seasonal

groundwater discharge and evaporation. Like

the carbonates, evaporites are also forming at

the present day in some areas.

The black mud unit, with its freshwater

diatom flora, resembles the organic-rich mud

which is being trapped around reed-beds in

present day freshwater Lake Alexandrina, It

exists in the Central Basin near the top of the

stratigraphic sequence, where it occurs in place

of the carbonate and evaporite units, Such a

relationship is most easily explained by a short-

lived period of increased humidity which

resulted in the formation of a freshwater

swamp in the Central Basin. Carbonates and

evaporites could have continued to form in

pans marginal to this swamp. A period of

relatively high stream discharge 3500-1800

years ago has been suggested by Williams

(1973) to explain some aspects of alluvial fans

stratigraphy in the Lake Torrens region of

South Australia. This humid period may

correlate with the formation of the black mud

unit, Alternatively, its formation may have

been synchronous with a period more humid

than the present one, centred at about 1000

years ago. At this time Lake Keilambete in

western Victoria had a water level significantly

higher than the present level (Bowler et al.

1976).

Chenier and lunette formation

The two cheniers (Fig. 2) across the mouth

of the Cooke Plains Embayment are built from

siliceous sands provided by long-shore trans-

port within the lake. They overlie calcitic muds

which are thought to be correlative with the

carbonate unit. The older, inner chenier was

constructed when water level was. slightly

higher than the present lake level. The outer

bar is probably still forming. The fact that the

inner chenier sits on a clayey unit which con-

tains carbonate similar to the carbonate unit

described earlier suggests it to be a relatively

recent feature. formed following most of the

sedimentation in the Embayment. A period of

lake level stillstand or increased storm activity

may have existed to enable littoral transport to

construct the sand spit. Following this, a

relatively rapid but slight (tens of cm) drop

in the lakewater to its present level occurred.

The two well-defined gypsum lunettes at the

eastern extremity of the embayment are diffi-

cult to date on existing evidence. Bowler

(1971) notes double lunette dunes around

playa lakes throughout southeastern Australia,

and provides convincing evidence that they

formed by wind deflation of evaporite pans

during drying stages following humid climatic

cycles, If the luncttes are correlative with those

described elsewhere by Bowler (1971), then

they are of the order of 25000 years old.

formed during the regional humid to arid

climate changes at that time. On the other hand

it is possible that at least the lunette nearest the

lake may be considerably younger, and related

to Holocene sedimentation in the Cooke Plains

Embayment. Obviously further work is

required to clarify this matter.

Regional correlations

Stratigraphic studies and surveying of core

sites to mean sealevel (using Australian Height

Datum benchmarks) imply that a major inter-

connected body of water existed in the area

up to 5000 or 6000 years ago, during the time

of maximum level of Lake Alexandrina. The

water body in question extended from lakes

Albert and Alexandrina and their stranded

flats, via the north and south lagoons of the

Coorong, to regions now occupied by stranded

ephemeral carbonate lakes adjacent to the

southern extremity of the Coorong Lagoon.

78 c, © YON DER BORCH & M. ALTMANN

Cores taken from all of these widely separated

areas contain a saprope] unit in deepest

portions of the basins (Taylor & Poole 1931;

von der Borch 1965, 1976, Milne! 1973, Plush

1974, Lock" 1974, Dunstan! 1976). Radio-

carbon dates (Gak 6007 and 6008) made on

sapropel from below a carbonate mud sequence

in two of the alkaline lakes adjacent to the

southern Coorong Lagoon, give ages of 8000

+ 470 and 6600 + 210 radiocarbon years re-

spectively, the last of which is cquivalent in age

to that of at least a portion of the Cooke Plaing

Embayment sapropel. Quite clearly a major

freshwater lake system existed over the area

during the mid-Holocene humid period, which

coded 5000 years ago. This lake presumably

received its water from the River Murray, At

the onset of less humid conditions subsequent

ta 5000 years ago the lake level fell, As a

result the marginal areas became stranded and

in some areas evolved into discrete ground-

water-fed alkaline or saline evaporite lakes,

interrupted by a temporary return to freshwater

conditions possibly a thousand years ago, Such

a climatic evolution is consistent with that

proposed by Bowler ct al, (1976) trom studies

of Lake Keilambete in western Victoria,

Acknowledgments

Valuable discussions relevant to this study

were held with Pat De Decker, Keith Walker

and Mike Geddes. of the Department of

Zoology, University of Adelaide,

References

Bower, |, M.. Hope, G. S,, Jenninas, J. N.,

Sinah, G. & Ware, DBD. (1976) Late

Quaternary climates of Australin aad New

Guineu. Guaternary Rey, 6, 359-394.

Bower, J. M, CL971) Pleistocene salinities ane

climatic change: Evidence from lakes and

lunettes in southeastern Australia. Jas Mul-

yuney, D, J. and Golson, J, (Eds.) Aboriginal

man ond environment in Australia, Australian

National University Press, Canberra, 47-65,

Campunii, FO M, (1968) Lunetltes in southern

South Australia, Drans. 2, Sec. S. Aust. 92.

85-109

pe Mooy, ©, J, (1959a) Notes on the geamorphic

history of the area surrounding Lukes Alexan

dring and Albert, South Australia. Shit, 82,

99-115.

m Moor. C. J, (1959b) Soils and Land Use

around Lake Alexandrina and Lake Albert,

South Australla, Sells and Land Use Series,

No, 29, CSIRO,

GaupetTe, H. B, Fuonrr, W. R. Toner, L. &

Potaer, D. W. (1974) An inexpensive titra-

tion method for the determinution of orpanic

carbon in Recent sediments. J. Sed. Petr., a4.

249.253,

Kowa, L. K. (1976) Species diversity in post-

glacial diatom Jake communittes of Fintand.

Paleageos, Clim, & Ecol, 19, 165-190.

1 Milne, N. A. (1973) The peolo

Australia. BeSe. (Hons) Thesis,

Senne, R. ©. (1952) The geology of the south-east

province of South Australia with special

reference to Quaternary coastline migrations

and modern beach developments. Dept Mines,

Geol, Stev. 8. Aust, Bull, 29, 120 pp.

Spriag, RK. C. (1959) Stranded sea beaches and

associated sand accumulations of the vpper

southoust. Trans, R, Soe. 8, Aust., 82, 183-193,

Tavion, J, K., & Poowe, WH. G, (1931). Report on

the soils of Lake Albert, South Australia.

J. CSIRO, 4, 83-95.

TWENHOFEL, W. H., & MCKELVEY, V. E. (1941)

Sediments of Freshwater Lakes, Bull.

AAPG, 25, 826-849,

von blue Bonen, C. C. (1965) The distribution ani

preliminary geochemiswry of modern carbonate

sediments of the Coorong area, South Aubs-

tralia: Geachim, Cosmachin, Avia, 29. TRI-

99.

von per Boren, C. C. (1976) Stratigraphy and

formation of Holocene dolomitic carbonate

deposits of the Coorong area, South Australin,

J. Selim. Petral, 4, 952-966.

Wetis, C, B. (1955) The soils of the hed of

McFarlane Swamp, Hundred of Seymour, 8.

io el CSIRO Aust. Div. Soily Divn. Rep,

WititMs, G. E, (1973) Late Quaternary piedmont

sedimentation, soil formation and puleo-

climutes in arid South Australia, 7, Geo

prorph, NLP V7, 102-125,

of u Quaternary dolomite occurrence im the southeast of South

linders Univ. of S, Aust. (unpublished).

7 Plush, KR. WT, (1974) Stratigraphy and sedimentation of the Pellet Lake in the Coorong Region.

South Australia. B.Sc. (Hons) Thesis, Flinders Univ. of §, Aust, (unpublished).

‘Lock, D. EH. (1974) The geology of a Recent aragonite deposit within an emphemeral lake chain in

The Coorong, South Australia, &.Se. (Hons) ‘lhesis, Flinders Univ, of § Aust. (unpublished).

‘Dunstan, N. EB. (1976) A ecophysical study of the stratigraphy and structure beneath Lake Alexandrina.

B.Sc. (Hons) ‘Uhesis, Flinders Univ. of §. Aust. (unpublished),

A REVISED KEY TO THE AUSTRALIAN GENERA OF MATURE MAYFLY

(EPHEMEROPTERA) NYMPHS

BY P. J. SUTER

Summary

A revised, illustrated generic key to mature nymphs of the Ephemeroptera (mayflies) of Australia is

presented. A résumé of diagnostic characters of the five families represented in Australia is also

given, and a list of the 19 genera described from Australia is included.

A REVISED KEY TO THE AUSTRALIAN GENERA OF MATURE MAYFLY

(EPHEMEROPTERA) NYMPHS

by P, J. SUTER*

Summary

Surer, P. J, (1979) A Revised Key to the Australian Genera of Mature Mayfly (Ephemero-

ptera) Nymphs. Trans. R, Sou, $, Anse, 10303), 79-83, 31 May. 1979,

A revised, jiustrated generic key to mature nymphs of the Ephemeroptera (mayflics) of

Australia is presented. A résumé of dingnostic characters of the five familics represented in

Australia is also given, and a list of the 19 genera described from Australia is included.

Introduction

Although the Ephemeroptera, or mayfiies,

are abundant in the Australian freshwater

environment, their classification below the level

of Family is unreliable. The majority of the

systematic study on this Order has been con-

cerned with the adult stage. with approximately

70 species being described. Of these species

only 33 have been associated with their respec-

live nymphs, This situation, although similar

to that found in the rest of the world

(Edmunds & Allen 1966), is anomalous in that

nymphs are by far the longest living stage, and

they are often abundant in benthic saniples

from permanent freshwater habitats, The

inability to identify animals abundant in the

benthos limits the amount of information that

is available on the benthic community.

Williams (1968) recognised this problem

and provideda key to the genera of Ephemero-

ptera nymphs, noting that some difficulties

would oceur in its use, After examining

numerous collections of nymphs and adults,

from all parts of Australia, a revision of

Williams’ key to genera has been prepared.

Comments ind eriticisms from biologists upon

this revision will enable further improvements

to be made, resulting in reliable identification.

There has been debate about the classifica-

tion of this Order, especially of the families

Raetidae and Siphtonuridae, Riek (1970)

placed the two groups as subfamilies Siphlo-

nurioae and Bactinae in the Bactidue. In 1973,

Rick refers to the Siphlonuridae and Bactidae

as separate families. Recent reviews of the

phylogeny of the Ephemeroptera (Edmunds

1975: Edmunds, Jensen & Berner 1976) also

consider these as separate families. This classi-

fication (used also by Williams 1968) has been

maintained in this paper, The three other

families recognised in Australia to date are

Leptophlebiidae, Ephemerellidac, and Caeni-

dae.

Four genera in the Leptophlebiidae have

been described from adults only and no formal

description of nymphal material has been

made. These genera are, Atalomicria Harker,

Kirrara Harker, Thraulophlebia Demoulin, and

Ulmerophiebia Demoulin, Of these all except

Thraulophlebia have been included in a study

of adult and nympha!l morphology and phylo-

geny by Tsui & Peters (1975), and nymphs of

two (Atalomicria and Kirrara) have been

illustrated but not described by Rick (1970),

Therefore, these genera cannot be incorporated

in this key, but a mention of the characteris-

tics which distinguish them, as illustrated by

Riek, is included.

Atalomicria nymphs “have conspicuous.

preatly elongated maxillary palpi” (Riek 1970)

which extend well beyond the front of the

bead. and in Avrrarva “the abdominal gills have

ventral lobes which combine to form a large

suction disc” (Riek 1970).

A résumé of the five families of Australian

mayflies is included here. The number of

species mentioned refers to published material.

There are undoubtedly numerous as yet unde-

el 8 a

* Department of Zoology, University of Adelaide, Current uddress: National Museum of Victoria,

71 Victoria Cresvent, Abbotsford, Vic, 3067.

80 P, J. SUTER

—

Thane fy a

iil

KEY TO AUSTRALIAN MAYFLY NYMPHS

scribed species (cf. Riek 1970), but these

cannot be included until formal descriptions

aré published.

Key to the genera of mature Australian maylly

uw

nyliphs

, Flead prognathous, thorax and ahdomen dorso-

ventrally flattened, caudal filaments with whorls

of setae at apex of each segment (Pig. 1),

Leplophichiidae, Cacnidge, and Ephemerelli-

die ae een”

Head hypognathous, thorax cylindrical (abdo-

men may he darso-ventrally flattened), inner

margin of lateral cancdal filaments and beth

Jateral muryins of central filament fringed

with long setae (Fig. 2) Siphlonuridue and

Baetidac oi _ 7

. Prominent double row of spines dorsally an

abdomen, 5 pairs of sub-ovate gills. on

abdominal segments 2-6; Ephemerellidae

Austremereli

Without double row of dorsal spines on abdo-

meni, gills on abdominal segments 1-5, 1-6 or

1-7 I 3

Seven pairs of paired gills inserted laterally on

abdomen. sometimes linear, lanceolate, or

broad ynd mutidigitate; Leptophlebiidae 4

Five or 6 palrs of gills, first a shart single

filament (Fig. 3), second enlarged, formioy

an elytriform gill cover (Pig, 4), covering

remaining pairs which bear long tracheal fila-

ments (Pig, 5); Caenidae Taxsmeanocoents

Gills broadly ovate with an apical filament on

each lamina, long fine setae covering gill sur-

face (Fig. 6), legs with long fine setae, 2 Tusk-

like projections orising from front of head

present or absent .. dappa

GU surface without Jong line setal covering,

lees wilhoul Jong fine setic. head without

tyontal tusks tw

Gills lineur-lnceolate, sometimes broadly so

(Figs, 7, 8, 9, 10) 6

Gills broad, apex of each gill lamella sub-

subiivided with one, 3 or multi tracheal fila-

merits (Figs, (1, 12, 13) Ataluplilebia

Postero-lateral spines on tbdominal segments

4.9, spines progressively larger posteriorly,

mandibles and maxillue laterally exposed pro-

ducing broad angular head (viewed dorsully)

(Fig. 14) with frontal width vreater (han width

>

10,

—

]

Sh

at posterior margin, labrum with deep U-

shaped median notch (Fig. 15).

Atalophiebioides

Postero-lateral spines on abdominal segments

6-9, spines progressively lirger posteriorly,

mandibles and muaxillae held beneath head such

that front of head is rounded (Fig. 16) with

frontal width narrower than width at posterior

murgin Atalonella

Hind corners of ubdominal segments not

produced into backward pointing spines, head

hypognathous, labrum with square median

notch; Baetidac Mos i _« 8

Hind corners of abdominal segments produced

into backward pointing spines, labrum entire

or with broad median U-shaped notch, head

hypognathous; Siphionuridae pect aA

Gill lamellae double on abdominal segments

1-4, seventh pill single, hind wing pad absent

Cloean

Gill lamella single on abdoniinal segments 1-7

' mia

_Labrom square, with deep V-shaped median

notel, wilh pair Of teeth af apex of indenta-

lion (Fig, 18), tarsal claws long and slender,

half as long as tarsi Cenrraptilum

Labrum oval, with shallow square median

notch (Fig. 19), tarsal claws short, less (han

auc quarter tarsal length 10

Gills poinied with trachea on one half of

median line only (Pig, 20) Bunigonit

Gills ovoid with trachea branched over entire

lamella... ee cs

.Metathoracic wing pads absent i mature

oymphs Pseudovlocon

Metathoracic wing pads present Baetls

. Four pairs of gills, first pair elytriform cover-

Tasmanophlehia

13

ing last 3 pairs

Seven pairs of gills present

Gills deeply bifid and strongly spinase (Fig.

21), thorax sirongly humped = Caloburiseoicdes

Gills lumellate, not deeply bifid or Spinose,

thorax weakly humped i

. Gills lamellate, first 2 pairs small, with tafts of

fibrils sitoated posteriorly near bage, mandibles

with long slender incisors, maxillae withoul

long curved apical spines (carnivorous }

Mirawara

Gills simple lamellate structures; mandibles

with single broad incisor, maxillae without long

euryed apical spines _ Ameletaides

i

Figs, |+21,

gill respectively,

1, cavidal filaments of Atalonello; 2, caudal filaments of Baetis; 3.4. 5. Tirst, second and third

of Tasmanocoveis ullyardi; 6, third gills of Jappa; 7, &, 9, gills of Atalenelta,

10, gill of Afalophilehiadides; 11, third gill of

wustralasica; 13, third gill of A. longicandata;

Atalophlebia australis; 12, third gill of A,

14, dorsal view of head of Aralophlehiades

(2)5 15, labrum of Adaluphlebioides; 16, dorsal view of head of ttalonella (a), 17, lobrutn

of Atalunella: 18, labrum of Centroplilum: 19, labrum of Baeris; 20, gill of Bungena narilla

(after Harker 1957), 27. gill of Coloburtscoides, Seale lines 0.5 mmm,

82 P. J, SUTER

Family LEPTOPHLEBIDAE

Nymphs large, slender, dorse-ventrally

flattened with prognathous head, maxillary and

labial palps 3-segmented, Abdominal segments

\-7 bear lateral gill; three long caudal filaments

with whorls of short sctae at apex of cach

segment,

The nymphs are found m most permanent

freshwater habitats from standing waters to

fast flowing streants,

The Leptophiebiidae is the dominant maylly

family in Australia with 43 described specics

in eight genera. Of the 43 species only 16 are

described from both adult and associated

nymphs, A list of the genera and the number

of described species is included, while the

number of species which have both adult and

nymph descriptions are distinguished by

parentheses.

Atdlophlebia Eaton 1881 18 (10) species

described,

Atalonella Needham & Murphy 1924 7(3)

species described,

Atalophlebividey Phillips 1930 9 (3) species

described,

Atdlomicria Harker

described.

Jappa Harker 1954 2 (1) species deseribed.

Kirrora Harker 1954 3 (0) species described.

Thraulophlebia Demoulin 1955 1 (0) species

described

Ulrrerophlebia Demaulin 1955 1 (0) species

described,

Family CAENIDAE

Small brown nymphs, dorse-ventrally

flattened, head prognathous, thorax rohust,

Abdomen short with gills on segments 1-5 or

1-6. First segment with pair of sinule fila

mentous gills, sccod segment with an enlarged

elytriform gill cover, covering remaining pairs

which bear long tracheal filaments. Hind

corners of abdominal segments produced inte

small backward puinting projections, and there

are three caudal filaments with whorls of short

setae at apex of each segment,

The nymphs are found on the undersurface

of rocks and wood on the bottom of ponds

and standing pools, as well as in slow to

moderately fast flowing streams,

Only one genus is recorded in Australia.

Tasmanecomis Lestage 1930, 3 (2) species

described_

1954 2 (0) species

Family EPHEMERELLIDAE

Nymphs lacking gills from one or more of

segments 1-7. Only a single nymph and a few

wdull females have been recorded from Aus:

tralia (Rick 1963). The generic characteristics

of Austremerella are after Riek (1963)

“Paived abdominal gills on segments 2-6, the

first pair not modified into opercula, A double

row of tubercles on all abdominal segments,

Femora and tibiae flattened with a median

longitudinal ridge on the upper surface. Vertex

of head with a pair of tubercles.” (Riek 1963),

Only one genus is recorded in Australia,

Austremerella Rick 1963, 1 (1)

deseribed,

species

Family BAETIDAE

Nymphs small aod slender with cylindrical

thorax, and slightly dorso-ventrally flattened

abdomen. Head hypognathous, labrum with

square median notch on anterior margin, Gills

On abdominal segments 1-7, plate like, hind

eorners of abdominal segments usually not

froduced into backward pointing projection, if

so, only small projections present, Abdomen

with three caudal filaments, inner margins of

lateral filaments and both lateral margins of

central filament fringed with long setae.

The nymphs are common in riffle sections of

rocky streams but may be found “amongst the

water-weeds of ponds, dams and slow flowing

streams and backwaters” (Riek 1970).

There are 12 deseribed species in five genera.

Buetiy Leach 1815 5 (3) species described.

Centroptilum Eaton 1869 1 (1) species

deseribed.

Clocon Leach [815 4 (1) species described.

Pendacloeon Klapalek 1905 1 (0) species

described,

Bungena Harker 1957 1 (1) species described,

Family SIPHLONURIDAE

Nymphs with eylindrieal bodies, head hypo-

gnathous, labrum entire, or with broad median

U-shuped noteh on anterior margin. Gills on

abdominal segments 1-4 or 1-7, Wind corners

of abdominal segments produced into large

backward pointing projections. Abdomen with

3 caudal filaments, inner margin of lateral fila-

ments und both lateral margins of central fila-

iment fringed with long sctac.

The nymphs are usually strong swimmers

found in “rapidly flowing, clear cold water

KEY TO AUSTRALIAN MAYFLY NYMPHS §3

streams, but some species occur in small sub-

alpine lakes” (Rick 1970) and backwaters of

Jowland streams.

There are 10 species described in four

genera.

Ameletoides Tillyard 1933 | (1) species

described,

Tasmanophiebia Tillyard 1921 3 (3) species

described,

Coloburiscoides Lestage 1935 3 (2) species

described.

Mirawara Harker 1954 3 (1) species described,

Acknowledgments

I would like to thank Professor W. D,

Williams who encouraged me to revise the

generic key, and to Dr J. Bishop for critically

reading the draft manuscript. and for his

encouragement in its preparation,

References

DemMouitn, G, (1955) Note sur deux nouveaux

genres de Leptophlebiidae d’Australie,

(Ephemeroptera). Bull. Ann. Soc, R. Entomol.

Relg, 91, 227-229.

Faron, A. E. (1869) On Centroptilion a new

genus of the Ephemeridae. Ent. Mon. Mag.

6, 131-132.

Eaton, A. E. (1881) An announcement of new

genera of the Ephemeridae. /hid. 17, 191-

197,

Fomenps, G. F., Jr. (1975) Phylogenctic bio-

eeography of mayflies. Ann. Mo. Bot. Gare,

62, 251-263,

fomunns. G. F.. Jr. & ALLEN, R. K. (1966) The

significance of nymphal stages in the study of

Fphemeroptera. Ann. Ent, Soe, Amer. 59,

FOO-303-

Eomunps, G. P., Jr. Jensen, S. Li. & Berner, 1

(1976) “The Mayflies of North and Central

America,” (University of Minnesota Press.

Minneapolis. ).

Harger, J. E. (1954) The Ephemeropter’a of Aus-

tralia. Trans, R, Ent, Soe. Lone. 105(12),

241-264,

Harker, J. FE, (1957) Some new Australian

Ephemeroptera. Proc. R. Ent. Sec. Lond,

(RB) 26(3-6). 63-78.

KLAPALEK, F. (1905) Plecopteren und Ephemeri-

den aus Java. Mirt, naturh. Mus, Hambr, 22,

103-107.

Leacn, W. E, (1815) Entomology. Jn D. Brewster.

“EKdinburgh Encyclopaedia” 9, 57-172.

Lestace, J. A. (1930) Notes sur le premier

Brachveercidien decouvert dans la faune

australienne: Tasmanecoenis tonnoiri sp. Nov,

(Ephemeroptera), et remarques sur la famille

des Brachycercidae Lest. Mem, Soc. Ent. Belg,

23, 46-60.

Lestace, J, A, (1935) Contributions a etude des

Epheméropleres IX. Le groupe Siphtonuridien,

Bull. (Ann.) Soc. Ent, Belg, 75, 77-139,

Neepnam, J. G. & Murepny, H. EB. (1924) Neo-

tropical mayflies, Bull. Lloyd Lib., 24 Ento-

mol. Ser. 4, 1-79.

Purcurs, J. S. (1930) Revision of New Zealand

Ephemeroptera. Trans. Proc. N.Z, lust. 61,

271-390,

Rirk E. F, (1963) An Australian mayfiy of the

Family Ephemerellidae (Ephemeroptera), J.

Entomol. Soe, Old 2, 48-50,

Riek, E. F- (1970) Ephemeroptera (Mayflies).

In “The Insects of Australia’, (CSERO, Mel-

bourne University Press, 224-240.).

Riek, E. F, (1973) The Classification of the

Ephemeroptera. 7n Peters, W. L. and Peters.

J. G. (Eds), “Proe, Ist Int, Conf, Ephemero-

ptera 1970." (Brill, Leiden, 160-178.),

Tinevarp, Ro J, (1921) A new genus and species

of may-fly (Order Plectoptera) from Tas-

mania, belonging at the Family Siphlonuridae

Proce. Linn. Sac. N.S. 46, 409-412.

Citevarp, R. J, (1933) The mayflies of the Mount

Kosciusko Region. I (Plectoptera). Introduc-

lion and Family Siphlonuridae. Proc. Linn,

Sac, N.S.W. 58, 1-32.

Tsur, P. T. P. & Perers, W. L, 1975) The com-

parative morphology and phylogeny of certain

Gondwanian Leptophlebjidae based on the

thorax, ieéentorium and abdominal terga

(Ephemeroptera). Trans, Amer, Ent, Soc. 1,

505-5954.

WitLidMs, W. D. (1968) “Australian Freshwater

Life. The Invertebrates of Australian Inland

Waters.” (Sun Books, Melbourne, ),

THREE NEW SPECIES OF PROPALLENE (PYCNOGONIDA:

CALLIPALLENIDAE) FROM AUSTRALIAN WATERS

BY DAVID A. STAPLES

Summary

Three species of the genus Propallene are described; P. saengeri sp. nov. from Queensland, P.

cyathus sp. nov. and P. vagus sp. nov. from Victoria. Ecological notes are provided for two species

indicating that both utilize ocean currents as a means of dispersal. The occurrence of cement gland

ducts on segments additional to the femur is recorded for the first time in the genus.

THREE NEW SPECIES OF PROPALLENE (PYCNOGONIDA;

CALLIPALLENIDAE) FROM AUSTRALIAN WATERS

by Davip A. STAPLES*

Summary

SrapLes, D. A. (1979) Three new species of Propallene (Pycnogonida; Callipallenidae) from

Australian waters. Trans, R. Soc. §. Aust, 103(4), 85-93, 31 May, 1979.

Three species of the genus Propallene are described; P. scengeri sp. nov, trom Queensland

P. cyathus sp. noy. and P. vagus sp. nov. trom Victoria. Ecological notes are provided tor

Lwo species indicating that both utilize ocean currents as a means Of dispersal. The occurrence

of cement gland ducts on segments additional to the fernur is recorded for the first time in

the genus.

Introduction

In his revision of the Genus Propallere.

Stock (1975) recorded its distribution as Japan,

southeastern Asia, southern and southeastern

Africu, Madagascar and Sierra Leone, Three

new species described here increase the total

io ten and establishes a new record from Aus-

tralian waters, The Australian material ts

recorded from the shallow waters of Iwo

diverse regions: the tropical waters of Quecns-

jand in the north, and the southern temperate

waters of Victoria. Propallene saengeri wits

collected using a Van Veen Grab during ben-

thic surveys at the mouth of the Calliope

River, Gladstone, Queensland. for the Queens-

land Blectricity Generating Board; P. cyathies

was collected using $.C.U.B.A. during an off-

shore benthic survey for the Latrobe Valley

Water and Sewerage Board southwest of Sea

spray on the Ninety Mile Beach, and P, vagus

was collected using $.C.U.B.A, in the vicinity

of Port Phillip Heads. Institutions in which

type material has been lodged are relerred to

by the following abbreviations: National

Museurn of Vietoria (N.M.V.); ‘Tasmanian

Museum and Art Gallery (T.M J); Queensland

Museum (Q.M,); Western Australian

Museum (W.AIM.); fostitute of ‘Taxonomic

Zoology, (Zodlogisch Museum, Amsterdam

(7.M.A,),

Family; CALLIPALLENIDAE

Propallene cyathus sp, noy.

FIG. LA-P, FIG, 2A-B

Specimens Examined: Holowpe: 3 (ovig.)

N.M.V. K43. | km offshore, southwest of Sea-

spray. Bass Strait, Vic.; depth 13 m, coll. J. &,

Watson 15.iv.77. Allorype: 2 N.M.V, K44, 1

km offshore, soulhwest of Seaspray., Bass

Strait, Vic. depth 13 m, coll. N. W. Watson

16.x1.77, Paratypes: W,A.M, 1 co 78/579. 1 a

78/580, 1 & 78/581, 1 2 78/582, 1 9 78) 583,

1° 78/584: 3 093 9 O.M, §205;3 03 27 T.M.

31353; 3 9 39 N.M.LV. K45:3 53 ¥ ZMLA.

Pa2838; 245 ¢. 87 9 32 juveniles lodged in

private collection of author.

Description: Trunk segmented, arched, lateral

processes separated by less than own diameter,

In male, lateral processes longer than trunk

diameter. In female, lateral processes equal to,

or longer than, diameter of trunk. Each lateral

process bears row of 2-3 (or 4) very small

spinules on mid-dorsal surface; distally cach

process bears further 2-3. slightly larger

spinules, Abdomen implanted between 4th pair

of lateral processes and directed somewhat

ventrally. tapering distally. Ocular tubercle

low, rounded, eyes indistinctly pigmented,

lateral sense organs present,

Chelifores: Scape one-segmented: both

fingers curved, gaping when closed, movable

finger with 6-10 teeth, immovable finger with

5—8 teeth, palm with several long setae,

Palps only present in male; oriented ven

irally, consisting of short unarmed basal part

and robust claviform distal segment. Length of

distal segment 6-7 times its proximal dianyeter

und expands dorsally to maximum width of

slightly less than 2,5 times proximal diameter

at about one-half its length. Terminally this

segment bears. dense lateral fringe of curved

eee SE

» Murme Study Group of Victoria, C/+ National Museum of Victoria, 285 Russell St, Melbourne.

Vie. 3000.

86

DAVID A. STAPLES

Fig. 1. Propallene cyathus sp, nov. A, Cephalic region, lateral view, male; B, Oviger, male; C, Chela,

male; D, Oviger, female; E, Proximal segments, leg 4, juvenile male; F, Cephalic region,

ventral view, juvenile male; G, Leg 4, male; H. Propodal heel spines, female; I, Coxa 2, 3,

leg 4, male; J, Trunk of male, dorsal; K, Trunk of female, dorsal; L, Distal leg segments

male) M, Distal leg segments, female;

emale.

N. Leg 3, female; O, Palp, male: P, Ocular tubercle.

NEW SPECIES OF PROPALLENE (PYCNOGONIDA: CALLIPALLENIDAE) 87

Fig. 2. A, Propallene cyathus sp, nov. Compound oviger spines on tenth segment of o oviger (x880).

B, Propallene cyathus sp. nov. Terminal compound oviger spines on tenth segment of 2 oviger

(x2400). C, Propallene vagus sp, nov. Compound oviger spines

5-8 on ninth segment of do

oviger (x1100). D, Propallene saengeri sp. noy. Terminal compound oviger spine on tenth

segment of ¢ oviger (x2200) (S.E.M. photographs).

setae which progressively increase in length

along distal margin. Overall formation of these

setae resemble a scoop or ladle-like appear-

ance. Specific name alludes to this feature. A

group of very long setae, approximately 5

times proximal diameter of palp, originates

from mid dorsal region.

Oviger 10-segmented, without terminal claw.

In male, segment 5 longest; segments 3, 4 and

5 armed with recurved spinules; distally fifth

segment bears setiferous apophysis and well

developed process opposite. Compound spines

polymorphous (Fig. 2, A), proximal spines

bear 7—9 lateral teeth on either side, basal | or

2 pairs of teeth heavily sclerotized: distal

spines shorter and more robust, terminal spine

particularly broad and bears 2-3 very heavily

sclerotized basal teeth on either side (Fig. 2,

B). Compound spine formula varies con-

siderably between individuals. Spine formula

occurring on segments 7-10 in holotype is

8:11:10:14. Segment 7 armed with 3 very

long setae reaching beyond segment 8. Female

oviger lacking recurved spinules, segment 4

longest, setiferous apophysis and opposing pro-

cess lacking on segment 5, Compound spine

RR DAVID A, STAPLIS

formula of gllotype fof segments 7-Il) is

SeLb9:11; shape ol compound spines as ip

mate.

Measurements of oviger segments (mm);

J 2, 8 16; 2 ot 25, 2 2k 3° 5 27. 9 2!

47 39, 2 32; 5 5 9, 2 25; 6 F 14, 2 18)

THT F 2A Bd AS 9 2320 9 7 at

100 18.2.7,

Legs uf inate: Menr is longest segment and

hears 15-22 cement gland tubules ventrally,

rows of setae present on both tibiae; tibia 2

longer than tibia 1, Second coxa approximately

4 limes us long as its proximal diameter, Well

developed processes situated un second coxac

wt! fourth pair of legs; this process bears lateral

fringe of curved setae Itke that found on distal

palp seenients, Process usually swollen, how-

ever, in some speciinens distal surface conflned

within setiferous fringe may be collapsed,

Living coleave appearance. Propodus heavy,

Strongly curved, heel with two (or three) ter

minally crenulyte spines, Nitmber of heel

spines fnconstant. Sole armed with 5-7 spines.

lerminal claw slender; auxiliaries absent,

Genital pores not evident in male, In female.

femur more swollen than that of male, pro-

pods moderately slender; genital pores

present on ventral surface of second coxue of

all legs. In both sexes fourth pair of legs

shorter than remaining pairs.

Measurements of holotype and allotype

(rm): length trunk (frontal margin of

cephalic segment to tip of abdomen) & 2.35,

© 1.98: length cephalon & 1.08, @ 1,05: greatest

width cephuleon d .65, 2 .61; length proboscis

¢ .59, 2 53: greatest width proboscis ¢ 38,

7 JY; width across second lateral process +

1.25, 7 98; diumeter trunk 3.35, 2.33: Tength

scape cf 48, 2 42) length palp 2 first seg. 13.

sueomd sex, .5. Third leg: coxa | do 45, 9 3:

cox 259, ° SI, coxu 2 of 4, 9 228 femur

11,25, 2 1.28; tibia 1 98. 9 93: tibia 2 &

L1G, 2 1,05: tarsus of 12, 9 1: prapodus J 6,

2 54: claw d 46,2 35,

Remerkt; The jew spectes is clearly dis-

tinguished from all congeners by the shape and

setation of the palps and also in passessian of

the well developed processes on the 2nd coxae

of the 4th pair of legs in the maale, With the

exception of F. stoeki Page Gin which the 2nd

palp segment is slightly dilated), the 2nd palp

scement in all species is slender, frequently

harrowing to a epnstriction at 30-50% of its

length. Jo #. eyarlues the proximal portion is

influted darsally with no constrietion evident

The tall Mid dorsal setae found on the 2nd

palp segment ant the lurge goxal processes iN)

the male are not present i aly other member

of the genus, The onfy other species beating 4

heavy propodus is #. eresimenis Stack,

Propallene cyathus was found |m vast num-

hers amongst colonies of the arborescenl bryo-

40a Vittaricella fusca? (McGillivray) during

4 benthic survey conducted in November 1977

southwest of Seaspray for the lalrobe Valley

Water and Sewerage Board, Examination of

347 adult tndividuals showed ati extremely

high percentage of fertile specimens; 92.9% of

the males were ovigerous and 96.8% wf the

lemalcs were gravid, Only three specimens of

& cyathus were recorded from two previous

surveys of the same station in March and

August, 1977. In March 1977, one ovigerous

male and two juvenile males were collected.

No specimens were recorded fram the latler

survey. Such a high percentage of fertile speei-

mens in November suggests 4 cyclic breeding

pattern, and the complete absence of speci-

nuns just four months earlier, may indicate a

migratory response to their reproductive

yetivity, Hydrological studies by Newell

(1961) indicafe a seasonal reversal of current

patterns in this region, and jt is. probable thal

the extent of migration is largely dependent on

the Bass Strait current system, In many in-

stances specimens were heavily encrusted with

the epiphytic coralline alga Heterndermut sp.

Propallene vagus sp. nov.

FIG, 3A-N, FIG. 2C

Specimens Exdinined: Holatrype: & N.M.V.

K46. 1 km southwest of Port Phillip Heads,

Vic.; depth 30 m, coll, D, A. Staples 6.vi, 1976,

Allatype; 2 (grav.) N.M.V. K47. Paratypes:

13 (sub adult); 8 ® NLMLV, K48, 1 ¢ (sub

adult), 2 9% private collection of author.

Deseviption: Trunk segmented, strongly arched

in male; neck more slender than in female:

lateral processes longer than diameter of trunk

und separated by less than their own diameter.

Ench lateral process bears dorsally 2, 4 (or 4)

small distal spines, and 1 or 2 smaller spinules

more proximally, Abdomen short, expaiided at

base, inclined ventrally, Ocular tubercle com-

cal, more acute in male: four indistinct eves:

lateral sense Organs present,

Chelifores scape one segmented hesring

several scattered setae; both fingers curved,

gaping when closed, movable finger with 6=7

teeth. Immovable finger with 4 teeth. palm

with several long setae.

NEW SPECIES OF PROPALLENE (PYCNOGONIDA:; CALLIPALLENIDAE) 89

Fig. 3. Propallene vagus sp. noy, A, Trunk of female, dorsal; B, Trunk of male: dorsal: C, Palp, male:

D. Palp. sub-adult, male; E, Palp and proboscis, male, ventral view; F, Chela, male; G,

Propodus, male; H, Ocular, male; K, Oviger, female; L. Leg 3, female; M, Leg 3, male: N,

Propodal heel spines, male.

Palps present only in male; 2-segmented, width, Armed distally with fringe of 20-30

basal segment short and unarmed, second seg- setae.

ment curved and swollen distally, a slight con- Oviger of male: segment 10 of holotype

striction present at about 30% of its length, damaged (terminal spines lacking), segment 5

measuring approximately 54 times its proximal longest, distally bearing setiferous lobe and

oO DAVID A,

opposing pointed process, recurved spinules

present On segiients 3, 4 and 5, compound

spines polymorphous (Fig, 2. Cj), premimal

spines bear 12-16 pairs of lateral teeth, more

or less of equal size; distal spies bear four

pairs of heavily sclerotized basal teeth, ter

minal spine broader and shorter than remain

der. Compound spine formula variable

between specimens, spines on segments 7-10

of holotype according to formula

PS:22:1150127). Segments 6 and 7 bearing

several sctac distally, Female oviger segment 4

longest, segment 4 without distal Inhe anil

opposing process, recurved spinules absent,

compound spine formula of allotype

(3:12:11:13; shape of compound spines us in

ale,

Measurements of oviger segments (mm):

(S18, F195 25 39, 9 33; 3 ¢ 38, 2 32;

42.68, 2.57, 5 cd 90, 2.47: 6 ¢ 31, 2 33;

7S 38, 9.38; 8 d 28. 9 34; 9 332, 2 28)

10 & damaged, 2 29.

Legs of male: Feriir longest segment, tibia

2 longer than tibia Lt. rows of setae present on

both tibiue, Second coxa approximately three

times proximal width, Propodus robust;

moderately curved, heel with lwo spines in

Which crenulation is generally indistinct. sole

armed with |0-1! spinules, Femur with 5-8

femoral cement glands, Genital pores not evir

dent. Auxiliary claws absent, Female propodus

less robust than in mile; distul propodal heel

spine more elongated than in male: femur

swollen; genital pores present on second eoxge

of all legs,

Juvenile; Distinguishing features from adult

male are smaller size and more compact and

less sctiferous palps.

Measurements of holotype and allotype

(mm): length trunk (frontal margin of

cephalic seg, to ip of abdomen), ¢ 298. 2

2.83; length cephalon ¢& 1.28, 2 1,63. greatest

width cephalou of .93, 2 .99; length proboscis

¢ .76. 2 .88, greatest width proboscis ¢ 55. 9

.65; width across second lateral process o 1.35,

2 1.3; diameter of trunk ¢ 43, 2 41; length

seape 4.68, 7 273; Jength palp ¢ first seg. .19,

sctcond seg. 54, Third leg: coxa | ¢ 35,2 .S5:

coxa 2.5.88, 2 75; coxa 3d 48, 2 43) femur

$1.43, 9 1.64: tibia 1 d 1.28, 2 1.35 tibia 22

1.4.2 9.45; tarsus of 15, 2 13: propadus of .,

2 Ti claw J AB, 2.5.

Remarks: Supertficially this species resembles

» eyathus sp. nov. in the general shape of the

trunk and in the distal fringe of long setae on

the second palp segment. Wt differs clearty,

SLAPLES

however, in the absence of the coxal process

un the 4th pair of legs, in the lower Number

of femoral cement gland duets, and in the

shupe of the terminal palp segnrent, which alse

lacks the long mid-dorsal setae, With the pos-

sihle exeeption of FP. similis inadequately

Jescribed from one male specimen by Barnard

(1955) the combination of less than 10 eement

gland ducts restricted to the femur, the 2nd

coxa less than 4 times its basal diameter,

lateral processes lonver than the trunk

diameter (and separated hy less than their own

Winmeter) distinguishes ?, vaewy from all con-

yeners.

la the absenee of further records of the

male of PF. similis. dni Stoek’s inability to

locate the holetype (Stock 1974), morpho-

logical data on this species are still inadequate.

I am satisfied, however, that the [following

features are sufficient to justify the specific

status of P. vapes: larger size (e.g, ¥ leg 3 o!

P. similis is 4,79 mm, that of Po vagus 7.4%

inom). proportionately longer and more seti-

ferous second palp segment (e.g, Barnard

iJfustrates the second segment ay approximately

7 times its basal diameter, with a small group

of setae distally: P. vagus 54 times. and with

a dense fringe of long setae distally), stronger

male propodus and the wider intervals betwee

lateral processes. The specimens were first

sighted tumbling over a sandy substrate in

response to the strone tide flow at Port Phillip

Heads. Because of their thigmotactic natun:

most specimens had attached themsclyes to

small fragments of drifting detritus, the only

identifiable piece of which wax a portion ot a

colomy of the arboresceat bryozoan Corni-

copina erandis (Busk).

The specific name, vaews (wandering)

alludes to the situation in which the specimens

were observed when collected.

The collection comprised only three males,

two af whieh are sub-adult, and eleven

females. The single mature male had rem-

nants of cement adhering to the fifth oviger

segment indicating that eggs had been carried,

Ol the 1] females, 10 were gravid, und the

Jow pjumber, or complete absence of eves in

some legs, suggested that eggs had recently

been deposited.

Propallene suengeri sp. nov

FIG. 4A-L. FIG. 2D

Specimens Exapnined: Holotype: & (ovig.)

OM, S195 Sta 6.5 1 soft mud, Calliope River

Queensland 3 km upstream fram mouth.

NEW SPECIES OF PROPALLENE (PYCNOGONIDA: CALLIPALLENIDAE)

Fig. 4. Propallene saengeri sp. nov. A, Trunk of female, dorsal; B, Trunk of male, dorsal; C. Palp,

male; D, Chela, male; E, Cephalic region. male ventral; F, Oviger, male; G, Ocular tubercie,

female; H, Leg 3, female; 1, Oviger, female, J. Cement gland duct, male: K, Propodal heel

spines, female; L., Leg 3, male.

91

92 DAVID A

depth 2.1 m, coll. Queensland Electricity

Generating Board, May 1976. Allotype: 2

(grav.) QO.M. $196 Sta 8.10.5 soft mud, Cal-

liope River, depth 2 m, coll. QO.B.G.B., Nov.

1976, Paratypes: 1 9 (grav) Q.M, S197 Stn

7101 fing mud with some detntal matter,

Calliope River, Aug. 1976, 1-5 km upstream,

depth 1,5 m, coll QE.G.B. Aug. 1976. 1 %

(grav.) N.MLV, KaY Stn 7.11.4 course sand,

mouth af Calliope River 1.5 km upstream,

depth 4.8 m, coll, QEoG.B. Aug 1976. | &

(grav,) Sti 8.11.5 soft mud, Calliope River,

depth 2 m, coll. QE.G.B. Nov. 1976, lodged

with Queensland El¢ctricity Generating Board.

19 (grav.) Stn 8.9.5 seft mud, Calliope River,

depth 2 m, coll QO.B.G.B. Nov. 1976, lodped

in author's private collection

Deseription: Trunk segmented, lateral pro-

cesses shorter than diameter of trunk and

separated by less than their own diameter,

Each lateral process armed with one small seta

situated almost mid dorsally, and 2 or 3 similar

setae distally. Abdomen short, well developed

for the genus, directed somewhat ventrally,

Qcular tubercle: low, rounded, eyes indis-

tinctly: pigmented lateral sense organs present.

Chelifores; scape |-segmented: palm of

chela armed with several setae. Immovable

finger with four teeth, movable finger with five

tecth, Both fingers curved, gaping when closed,

Palp only present in male: 2-segmented.

basal segment short and unarmed, Distal sep-

ment approximately 3.5 times as long as basal

segment and slightly greater than six times its

own proximal diameter, atmed distally with

four long setae. No constriction evident,

OVigers: In male, segment 5 longest. Dis-

tally this segment bears setiferous lohe with

small and inconspicuous oppesing tooth-like

process, Recurved spinules present an segment

3,4 and 5. Segment 7 bear's 2 long setae reach-

ing beyond seement 8, Compound spines on

segmems 7-10 according to formula

10: L0¢8:9. Cempound spines polymorphous.

proximal spines bear 7—9 lateral teeth of about

equal size on either side, Distal spines bear two

pairs of heavily sclerotized basal teeth; ter-

mma! spme broad and bears 2 large basal tecth

on cither side (Fig. 2D). Io female, segment

4 is longest, segment 5 without distal lobe and

Process, recurved spinules absent. Compound

spine formula L21O;9s 11.

Measurements of oviger segments (mm);

(705, 2 4 2P 129 12.49 FIA Was

4 29:7 2:56 97, 9 19,4 2207, 2 10:

SIAPLES

THARP AAS WLP IB A AL PO;

1 10, 242,

Legs: Femur is longest segment: bin |

longer thin tibia 2, sparsely sctose: secov

cOXa approximately 3.5 Gmes as tony as iis

proximal diameter; propadal hee! with two ter-

minully crenulate spines! sole with 6-10 spines,

Auxiliary claws absent, Cement elind tubules

present on femur, tibia 1 and tibia 2 of the

male, Four tubules on tibia | of all legs, 4%

femoral tubules and 3-4 on tihin 2 Genital

pores not visible. In female, femur swollew to

accommodate ovaries, Genital pores present

on ventro-distal surface of second coxne of all

legs.

Measurements of holotype and allotype

(mm): Jength trugk (frontal niatgin cephatin

to lip of abdomen) 2 t,t. ¥ 1.2: length cephs-

lon @ 51, 2.6; greatest width cephalon o 31,

G 35; length proboscis 4 .27, 2 35, ureutest

width proboscis @ .2, % .22: width across

second lateral process of .61, & 62; diameter

trunk @ 21, 2 .24; length scape of 22. 7 29

lenath palp ¢ first sew, 04, second seg. 15,

Third leg: coxa 1 of 17, @ 21; coxa 2 of .32,

2 32; coxa 3d 15, $16; femur & 49, ¥ 65;

tibia | & 95, 2.55; thin 2 of 36, 9 46; larsus

¢ 06, 9 .05; propodus 4 35, 9.38; claw J 25,

¥ 28,

Remarks; The occurrence of cement gland

ducts on leg segments additional to the femur

is a notable feature previously recorded only

in’ Nymphon and Ascorhyachas. In the

absence of any mention of cement glands. in

descriptions of P_ sinpifis and P. stockt, it is not

known Whether this occurrence in P?. saengeri

is unique in the genus. Cement glands in all

other members of the genus are confined to the

femur,

The new species differs [rom P. stecki in the

nature of the second palp segment which is

longer (greater than 6 times as tone as its hasal

diameter) and bears a Fringe of lon setue dis-

tally, In P. stock? the second palp sexment ts

unarmed, and about 3 limes as long as wide.

Propallene similix dilters from Po seenger tn

larger size (e.g, lee 3 2 P. sientilis 299 mom

terminal claw excluded; leg 3 9 Po vaengeri

2.78 mm, terminal claw excluded); higher

number of tecth on the fingers of the chelas the

strong constriction of the second palp segment

(Very slight in P, séilis). and in having this

2 longer than tibia 1, In view of the variahbiliy

neted by Stock (1975) in P, loneicups. how

ever, the significance of this latter feature o

Uhcertain,

NEW SPECIES OF PROPALLENE (PYCNOGONIDA: CALLIPALLENIDAE) 93

The new species was named for Dr P.

Saenger who forwarded the specimens for

examination.

Diagnosis of Genus Propallene

Inclusion of the new species necessitates

amendment to Stock’s (1975) diagnosis of

Propallene.

Trunk well segmented, Ocular tubercle in

posterior part of cephalic segment, Abdomen

small, implanted somewhat ventrad, Proboscis

roughly of type D’. Scape 1-segmented. Palp

only present in male. Oviger 10-segmented

(¢, 2), Segment 5 (3) with distal apophysis

and opposite distal hook-like or conical pro-

cess. Compound spines present, in 1 row,

proximal and distal spines on each segment

very dissimilar in shape (¢, 2), No terminal

oviger claw (cd, 2). Cement glands (¢) open-

ing through numerous (5-22) short ducts on

ventral surface of either femur alone or

femur, tibia 1 and tibia 2, Propodal heel spines

often crenulated, but frequently indistinct; no

auxiliary claws.

Geographic distribution of Propallene

P. kempi (Calman 1923), southeastern

Asia; P. longiceps Bohm (1879b), Japan: P.

similis Barnard (1955), southern Africa; P.

ardua Stock (1975b), eastern Africa, P. cras-

simanus Stock (1959), southern and south-

eastern Africa; P. stocki Fage (1956), Sierra

Leone; P. crinipes Stock (1968a). Straits of

Malacea; P, saengeri sp. nov., northeastern

Australia; P. vagus sp. nov., southeastern Aus-

tralia; P. cyathus sp. nov., southeastern Aus-

tralia,

Acknowledgments

| should like to express my gratitude to Dr

P. Saenger, Queensland Electricity Generating

Board; Mrs J. E, Watson, National Museum of

Victoria, and the Latrbbe Valley Water

& Sewage Board. for entrusting their collec-

tions to me. Thanks are also due to Dr B. J.

Smith, National Museum of Victoria for his

assistance and advice, Dr B. F. Stratford and

Mr P, G. Hollis, University of Melbourne for

permission to use the scanning electron micro-

scope and Mr P. E, Bock, Royal Melbourne

Institute of Technology for his identification

of the Bryozoa. I also wish to acknowledge

the assistance given by the Science and

Industry Endowment Fund, C.S.1.R.O.

References

BARNARD, K. H, (1955) Additions to the fauna-list

of Sonth African Decapoda and Pycnogonida.

Ann. S. Afr. Mus., 43(1), 1-107,

NEWELL, B. S, (1961) Hydrology of south-east

Australian waters, Bass Strait and New South

Wales Tuna fishing aréa. Aust, Divn, Fish.

Oceanogr, Tech. pap. (10),

Stock, J. H. (1974) Pycnogonida from the con-

tinental shelf. slope, and deep sea of the

tropical Atlantic and east Pacific. Bull. Mar.

Sei., 24(4), 957-1092.

Srock, J. H. (1975) The Pycnogonid genus

Propallene Schimkewitsch, 1909. Bull, zeol.

Mus. Univ. Amsterdam, 4(11), 89-97.

REVISION OF NOMENCLATURE FOR PALAEOZOIC INTRUSIVES OF

THE MOUNT PAINTER PROVINCE, SOUTH AUSTRALIA

BY GRAHAM S. TEALE

Summary

The term Mudnawatana Granite has been used to describe two large bodies of Palaeozoic granite in

the Mount Painter Province of South Australia. The two intrusive bodies are petrographically and

geochemically distinct.

REVISION OF NOMENCLATURE FOR PALAEOZOIC INTRUSIVES

OF THE MOUNT PAINTER PROVINCE, SOUTH AUSTRALIA

by GRAHAM S, TBALE*

Summary

TEALE, Grattam §, (1979) Revision of nomenclature for Palaeozoic intrusives of the Mount

Painter Province, South Australia, Trans. R. Soc. S. Aust. 103(4), 95-100, 31 May 1979,

‘The term Mudnawatana Granite has been used to describe two large bodies of Palaeozoic

granite in the Mount Painter Province of South Australia. The two intrusive bodies are petro-

graphically and geochemically distinct.

It iy suggested that the term Mudnawatana Granite be changed to Mudnawatana Tonalite

and applied only to the pluton in the Mt Babbage Block. It is proposed that the other large

pluton which intrudes the Mt Painter Block be termed the British Empire Granite. A third,

previously unmapped Palaeozoic intrusive type is designated the Gordon Springs Granodiorite.

Chappell & White (1974) have used geochemical, isotopic, mineralogical and textural

criteria to distinguish granite types with a basic to intermediate igneous protolith (“T-type”)

from those with a metasedimentary protolith (“S-type”). The Mudnawatana Tonalite and

Gordon Springs Granodiorite do have many charucteristics indicative of “I-type” granitoids:

the British Empire Granite, however, exhibits most of the characteristics ascribed to “S-type”

granitoids.

Introduction

Previous mapping within the Mt Painter Pro-

vince of South Australia (Coats et al. 1969)

has separated a “Younger Granite Suite” from <4

the older (Carpentarian) metamorphic base- W

ment complex. This “Younger Granite Suite”

includes minor biotite and muscovite pegma-

tites, aplites, potassium-rich pegmatitic granite

and albitites but is predominantly composed of

the Mudnawatana Granite (Bowes 1953). The

term Mudnawatana Granite was first applied

by Bowes (1953) to the pluton in the MI

Babbage Block (Fig. 1) but has since been

extended by Coats & Blissett (1971) to include

two bodies of granite that intrude the central SS

part of the Mt Painter Block (Fig. 1). SS

According to Bowes (1953) the Mudna- fags: SSG

; eg ' + LENS 2

watana Granite in its type locality is a geet COMPLE

medium-grained, equigranular rock consisting ‘

of plagioclase (Ana,), quartz, biotite and [+ ]mwsminassae

microcline, Using a modal analysis he cate-

gorised the intrusion as an “adamellite on the .

border of this group close to granodiorite’. Fig. 1. Mt Painter Bevement cinples shoving

a : 1 § 9 S occurrences oO Cc udnawatana ranite

Coats 7 Ture tg 1) Reni i d oy oeuin as mapped by Coats et al. (1969) (areas

eTano lorile or the tntrusives con aine within nol shaded represent Adelaidean and

the Mt Painter Block and classified them with younger sediments).

' Department of Geology and Mineralogy, University of Adelaide, G.P.O. Box 498, Adelaide, S. Aust.

5001,

06 G. §. TEALE

the type Mudnawatana Granite because of

their “similar composition, texture and grain

size”. Neither Bowes (1953) nor Coats & Blis-

sett (1971) used chemical data for their classi-

fications Of the intrusives,

This paper presenis the results of a re-

examination of these leticocrati¢ intrusive

rocks. Three distinct intrusive types can be

recognised on geochemical and petrographic

data and a revision of present noimenclature 1s

recommended, The terms tonalite, granodiorite

and granite as used here conform to the

recommendation of the LU.G.S, Subcommis-

sion on the Systematics of Igneous rocks

(Streckeisen 1976).

Field Relationships

The Gordon Springs Granodiorite occurs as

small stocks and crosscutting dykes (Fig, 2)

which intrude augen gneiss and sillimanite

gneiss in the Radium Creek area and migma-

titic gneiss in the Paralana Hot Springs area.

It is similar in colour and texture to the Mud-

nawatana Tonalite although usually it is more

fine-grained. No contact metamorphic features

are evident.

In the upper reaches of Radium Creek, the

Granodiorite, at its type locality, intrudes a

zone of strongly lineated sillimanite gneiss

which was developed during the last pre-Ade-

laidean deformational event. The weak folia-

tion evident in the granodiorite cannot be attri-

buted to this deformation and it is suggested

that the fabric is a result of the later Dela-

mertian orogeny; the implication is that the

granodiorite was emplaced prior to the Dela-

merian orogeny. Dating of the Gordon Springs

Granodiorite, using the Rb/Sr isotopic tech-

nique, is currently being undertaken.

Ficld relationships of the Mudnawatana

Tonalite have been adequately described by

Bowes (1953) and Coats & Blissett (1971).

The tonalite is intrusive into deformed Carpen-

tarian granitoids and has caused minor recrys-

tallisation of pre-existing gneissic textures, No

other contact metamorphic phenomena have

been observed. The weak foliation present

implies that it has been deformed after its

emplacement,

The British Empire Granite has intruded as

large semi-conformable sills which dip shal-

lowly towards the west, The non-foliated, and

therefore probably post-Delamerian intrusive,

has numerous pegmalitic apophyses, all of

Which occur along the western margin (or

roof) of the intrusive. According to Coats &

Blissett (1971) the granite contains abundant

xenoliths and rafts of reeling Heights

Quartzite; they suggest that the granite is pre-

orogenic on the grounds of its apparent struc-

tural Tepetition in the Paralana Hot Spring

area, There are, however, no yvranitoids similar

fo the British Empire Granite in that area.

It is proposed that the type Mudnawatana

Granite be reclassified as the

Mudnawatana

* re a i J

Fig, 2, Dyke of Gordon Springs Granodiorite cut-

ling highly deformed Precambrian auger

gnciss in Radium Creek (hammer is 0,7 m

in length),

Parthina Hol Xprengs

Bg easton COMPLEX

GORGON SPRINGS

B GRANODIDAITS

+ Fl mun awarana

fe TONALITI

“plc ]BRi Tish eMPiae

"mL" X GAANITE

=

-

Fig. 3. Mt Painter Basement Complex ‘with

revised nomenclature for occurrences of

Palaeozoic intrusives (aureus mot shaded

represent Adelaidesn and younger sedi-

ments),

NOMENCLATURE FOR PALAEOZOIC INTRUSIVES a7

Tonalite and a new name, the Brilish Empire

Granite, be given to the central intrusive body

to the northeast of Freelmy Heights (Fig. 3),

In the southern Mt Paitter Block previously

unfecognised intrusives occur as sniull stacks

and dykes and it is proposed that these be

called the Gordon Springs Granodiorite (Pig,

4),

Petrography

The Gerdon Springs Granodiorite

The Gordon Springs intrusive is a fine

grained, equigratula’, grey biotite eranadiorie

whieh is restricted in outcrop Lo the southern

part of the Mt Painter Block (Fig. 3) The

granodiorile consists of sodi¢ andesine (Any.)-

microcline, biotite and quarie with accessory

magnetite, monazite, apatite and rare rutile

and zircon, Plagioclase (~1,5 mm) is com-

plexly yoned and twinned and has heen de-

formed and recrystallised alony its grain houn-

daries, Quartz exhibits Wridulose extinction and

sub-grain development. Apatite (0,05 mm)

and zircon are usually associyted with biotite

whereas monazite occurs randomly distributed

throughout the rock. Some larger apatite grams

(up to 0.3 mm) occur as inclusions in plagio-

vlase. Biotite composition can be used to

characterise the different plutons, using Wl %

Al.O, and the ratio 100 My’ Mg + Fe. Biotile

in the Gordon Springs Granodiorite ts red

brown in colour and contains 16.5 wl %%

Al.O. and has a 100 Mg/Mg+ Fe of 56

(mean of 4 unalyses), Muscovile occurs in the

more corundum normative variants, with

secandary muscovite and sare sub-himinous

amphibole formed during the Delamerian

event.

In Radium Creek, approximately 1 km up-

stream From its junction with Arkaroola Creek,

there is a hornblende-hearing variant of the

Gordow Springs Granodiorite, The rock is

slivhrly coarser than the normal Gordon

Springs (ntrusive and has a grain size of

approximately 2 mm. Brown-green hornblende

is found as single grains throughout the rack

and has a 100 Mg/Mg+Fe of 61 Horn-

blende and hiatite comprise approximately 8%

of the mode with calcie oligoctase, barium rich

micro-perthitic K-feldspar and quartz weeannt-

ing for the remainder. Biotile is yellow-brown

and has a low AlsO., value (12.4 wt %) and

a 100 Me/Me-+ Fe of 72. Although mona-

vile is the dominant aceessory phase in the

hornblende-free variety of the Gordon Springs

Granodiorite it is not present in this horn-

blende-bearing type. The accessory phases in

this small stock are sphene and allaiite (0,08

mm) with rare zircon associated with biotite.

Acicular apatite graits are found iy hath hie

tite and plagioclase with megielife occurring

as discrete grains scattered throughout the

rack,

The Mudnawatana Tonalire

The Mudnawatana Tonalle ws described

petrographically by Bowes (1953) ts a weakly

foliated, medium graited granitoid which in

thin section exhibits deformed and m places

recrystallised quartz, teldspars and biotite. Ir

contains calcic oligoclase, quartz, microcline

and biotite with rare zircon and apatite, Zircon

is found in biotite and is responsible for the

numerous pleochroic haloes that aye present,

Apatite is also confined mainly to biotite and

is usually acicular, No monazite has been

observed. Magnetite 1s follnd as granules

within biotite with no magnetite grains m the

matrix, Plagioclase is more <odic than the

Gordon Springs Granodinrite plagioclase and

is also complexly twinned and zoned. The

average size Of plagivclase prains is 1A min;

however, some plagioclase crystals up to LS

em have heen observed. Plaginclase cores are

usnally teplaced by aggregates of muscovite,

valcite and kaolinne.

The Botish Empire Granite

The British Fmpire Gratite is a fine to

medium grained, light coloured, muscovite-

hearing alkaline granite whieh consists of

abundant muscovite (up to 5 mm), sadiv

plagioclase, mierocline, quatiz and minor bio-

lite, garnet (~O.3 mm), apatite, Huorite anc

rare magnetite. No zifeon, monazite, allanite

or sphene have heen recorded, Pligioclase

compositions range from almost pure albite to

An.. with am average composition of Ang,-

The plavioclase shows no zoning optically bur

is slightly zoned chemically, The K-feldspar is

a low-soda mierncline with Nao OQ pontent

varying slightly but always Tess than 1 wr %%_

fois commonly nmmed hy albite, especnilly

at. microcline-microctine grain hyinthiries.

Garnet when present is matiganese rich (23-25

wt %) and sightly zoned. Neither the Mud-

nawatana Tonalite nor the Gordon Springs

Granodiorite ¢ontain garnet, Muscpvite 1s

present as large (+2 mm} bladed grains which

can contain up to [4 wt % EF. The rather

ragved hiolite is altiminous (18.5 we Sm) and

has a 100 Mg/Me-h Fe of 32, Apatite rs net

98 G. S. TEALE

associated with biotite in this granite and it

usually forms large (up to 1 mm) grains inter-

stitial to quartz and feldspars,

Geochemistry and Discussion

The Gordon Springs Granodiorite is quite